AuroraMiddleware/gtk2
1
0
Fork 0
forked from AuroraMiddleware/gtk
Code Issues Pull Requests Projects Releases Wiki Activity
54d6ef115b
gtk2/gtk/gtkwidget.c
Matthias Clasen df1e2cd128 Fix more test breakage
2011-10-25 07:38:36 -04:00

14586 lines
436 KiB
C
Raw Blame History

/* GTK - The GIMP Toolkit
* Copyright (C) 1995-1997 Peter Mattis, Spencer Kimball and Josh MacDonald
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
* Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
*/
/*
* Modified by the GTK+ Team and others 1997-2000. See the AUTHORS
* file for a list of people on the GTK+ Team. See the ChangeLog
* files for a list of changes. These files are distributed with
* GTK+ at ftp://ftp.gtk.org/pub/gtk/.
*/
#include "config.h"
#include <stdarg.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <locale.h>
#include <gobject/gvaluecollector.h>
#include <gobject/gobjectnotifyqueue.c>
#include <cairo-gobject.h>
#include "gtkcontainer.h"
#include "gtkaccelmap.h"
#include "gtkclipboard.h"
#include "gtkiconfactory.h"
#include "gtkintl.h"
#include "gtkmarshalers.h"
#include "gtkselectionprivate.h"
#include "gtksettingsprivate.h"
#include "gtksizegroup-private.h"
#include "gtkwidget.h"
#include "gtkwidgetprivate.h"
#include "gtkwindowprivate.h"
#include "gtkcontainerprivate.h"
#include "gtkbindings.h"
#include "gtkprivate.h"
#include "gtkaccessible.h"
#include "gtktooltip.h"
#include "gtkinvisible.h"
#include "gtkbuildable.h"
#include "gtkbuilderprivate.h"
#include "gtksizerequest.h"
#include "gtkstylecontextprivate.h"
#include "gtksymboliccolor.h"
#include "gtkcssprovider.h"
#include "gtkanimationdescription.h"
#include "gtkmodifierstyle.h"
#include "gtkversion.h"
#include "gtkdebug.h"
#include "gtkplug.h"
#include "gtktypebuiltins.h"
#include "a11y/gtkwidgetaccessible.h"
/**
* SECTION:gtkwidget
* @Short_description: Base class for all widgets
* @Title: GtkWidget
*
* GtkWidget is the base class all widgets in GTK+ derive from. It manages the
* widget lifecycle, states and style.
*
* <refsect2 id="geometry-management">
* <title>Height-for-width Geometry Management</title>
* <para>
* GTK+ uses a height-for-width (and width-for-height) geometry management
* system. Height-for-width means that a widget can change how much
* vertical space it needs, depending on the amount of horizontal space
* that it is given (and similar for width-for-height). The most common
* example is a label that reflows to fill up the available width, wraps
* to fewer lines, and therefore needs less height.
*
* Height-for-width geometry management is implemented in GTK+ by way
* of five virtual methods:
* <itemizedlist>
* <listitem>#GtkWidgetClass.get_request_mode()</listitem>
* <listitem>#GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_width()</listitem>
* <listitem>#GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_height()</listitem>
* <listitem>#GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_height_for_width()</listitem>
* <listitem>#GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_width_for_height()</listitem>
* </itemizedlist>
*
* There are some important things to keep in mind when implementing
* height-for-width and when using it in container implementations.
*
* The geometry management system will query a widget hierarchy in
* only one orientation at a time. When widgets are initially queried
* for their minimum sizes it is generally done in two initial passes
* in the #GtkSizeRequestMode chosen by the toplevel.
*
* For example, when queried in the normal
* %GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_HEIGHT_FOR_WIDTH mode:
* First, the default minimum and natural width for each widget
* in the interface will be computed using gtk_widget_get_preferred_width().
* Because the preferred widths for each container depend on the preferred
* widths of their children, this information propagates up the hierarchy,
* and finally a minimum and natural width is determined for the entire
* toplevel. Next, the toplevel will use the minimum width to query for the
* minimum height contextual to that width using
* gtk_widget_get_preferred_height_for_width(), which will also be a highly
* recursive operation. The minimum height for the minimum width is normally
* used to set the minimum size constraint on the toplevel
* (unless gtk_window_set_geometry_hints() is explicitly used instead).
*
* After the toplevel window has initially requested its size in both
* dimensions it can go on to allocate itself a reasonable size (or a size
* previously specified with gtk_window_set_default_size()). During the
* recursive allocation process it's important to note that request cycles
* will be recursively executed while container widgets allocate their children.
* Each container widget, once allocated a size, will go on to first share the
* space in one orientation among its children and then request each child's
* height for its target allocated width or its width for allocated height,
* depending. In this way a #GtkWidget will typically be requested its size
* a number of times before actually being allocated a size. The size a
* widget is finally allocated can of course differ from the size it has
* requested. For this reason, #GtkWidget caches a small number of results
* to avoid re-querying for the same sizes in one allocation cycle.
*
* See <link linkend="container-geometry-management">GtkContainer's
* geometry management section</link>
* to learn more about how height-for-width allocations are performed
* by container widgets.
*
* If a widget does move content around to intelligently use up the
* allocated size then it must support the request in both
* #GtkSizeRequestModes even if the widget in question only
* trades sizes in a single orientation.
*
* For instance, a #GtkLabel that does height-for-width word wrapping
* will not expect to have #GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_height() called
* because that call is specific to a width-for-height request. In this
* case the label must return the height required for its own minimum
* possible width. By following this rule any widget that handles
* height-for-width or width-for-height requests will always be allocated
* at least enough space to fit its own content.
*
* Here are some examples of how a %GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_HEIGHT_FOR_WIDTH widget
* generally deals with width-for-height requests, for #GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_height()
* it will do:
* <programlisting><![CDATA[
* static void
* foo_widget_get_preferred_height (GtkWidget *widget, gint *min_height, gint *nat_height)
* {
* if (i_am_in_height_for_width_mode)
* {
* gint min_width;
*
* GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->get_preferred_width (widget, &min_width, NULL);
* GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->get_preferred_height_for_width (widget, min_width,
* min_height, nat_height);
* }
* else
* {
* ... some widgets do both. For instance, if a GtkLabel is rotated to 90 degrees
* it will return the minimum and natural height for the rotated label here.
* }
* }
* ]]></programlisting>
*
* And in #GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_width_for_height() it will simply return
* the minimum and natural width:
*
* <programlisting><![CDATA[
* static void
* foo_widget_get_preferred_width_for_height (GtkWidget *widget, gint for_height,
* gint *min_width, gint *nat_width)
* {
* if (i_am_in_height_for_width_mode)
* {
* GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->get_preferred_width (widget, min_width, nat_width);
* }
* else
* {
* ... again if a widget is sometimes operating in width-for-height mode
* (like a rotated GtkLabel) it can go ahead and do its real width for
* height calculation here.
* }
* }
* ]]></programlisting>
*
* Often a widget needs to get its own request during size request or
* allocation. For example, when computing height it may need to also
* compute width. Or when deciding how to use an allocation, the widget
* may need to know its natural size. In these cases, the widget should
* be careful to call its virtual methods directly, like this:
* <example>
* <title>Widget calling its own size request method.</title>
* <programlisting>
* GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS(widget)-&gt;get_preferred_width (widget),
* &min, &natural);
* </programlisting>
* </example>
*
* It will not work to use the wrapper functions, such as
* gtk_widget_get_preferred_width() inside your own size request
* implementation. These return a request adjusted by #GtkSizeGroup
* and by the #GtkWidgetClass.adjust_size_request() virtual method. If a
* widget used the wrappers inside its virtual method implementations,
* then the adjustments (such as widget margins) would be applied
* twice. GTK+ therefore does not allow this and will warn if you try
* to do it.
*
* Of course if you are getting the size request for
* <emphasis>another</emphasis> widget, such as a child of a
* container, you <emphasis>must</emphasis> use the wrapper APIs.
* Otherwise, you would not properly consider widget margins,
* #GtkSizeGroup, and so forth.
* </para>
* </refsect2>
* <refsect2 id="style-properties">
* <title>Style Properties</title>
* <para>
* <structname>GtkWidget</structname> introduces <firstterm>style
* properties</firstterm> - these are basically object properties that are stored
* not on the object, but in the style object associated to the widget. Style
* properties are set in <link linkend="gtk-Resource-Files">resource files</link>.
* This mechanism is used for configuring such things as the location of the
* scrollbar arrows through the theme, giving theme authors more control over the
* look of applications without the need to write a theme engine in C.
* </para>
* <para>
* Use gtk_widget_class_install_style_property() to install style properties for
* a widget class, gtk_widget_class_find_style_property() or
* gtk_widget_class_list_style_properties() to get information about existing
* style properties and gtk_widget_style_get_property(), gtk_widget_style_get() or
* gtk_widget_style_get_valist() to obtain the value of a style property.
* </para>
* </refsect2>
* <refsect2 id="GtkWidget-BUILDER-UI">
* <title>GtkWidget as GtkBuildable</title>
* <para>
* The GtkWidget implementation of the GtkBuildable interface supports a
* custom &lt;accelerator&gt; element, which has attributes named key,
* modifiers and signal and allows to specify accelerators.
* </para>
* <example>
* <title>A UI definition fragment specifying an accelerator</title>
* <programlisting><![CDATA[
* <object class="GtkButton">
* <accelerator key="q" modifiers="GDK_CONTROL_MASK" signal="clicked"/>
* </object>
* ]]></programlisting>
* </example>
* <para>
* In addition to accelerators, <structname>GtkWidget</structname> also support a
* custom &lt;accessible&gt; element, which supports actions and relations.
* Properties on the accessible implementation of an object can be set by accessing the
* internal child "accessible" of a <structname>GtkWidget</structname>.
* </para>
* <example>
* <title>A UI definition fragment specifying an accessible</title>
* <programlisting><![CDATA[
* <object class="GtkButton" id="label1"/>
* <property name="label">I am a Label for a Button</property>
* </object>
* <object class="GtkButton" id="button1">
* <accessibility>
* <action action_name="click" translatable="yes">Click the button.</action>
* <relation target="label1" type="labelled-by"/>
* </accessibility>
* <child internal-child="accessible">
* <object class="AtkObject" id="a11y-button1">
* <property name="AtkObject::name">Clickable Button</property>
* </object>
* </child>
* </object>
* ]]></programlisting>
* </example>
* <para>
* Finally, GtkWidget allows style information such as style classes to
* be associated with widgets, using the custom &lt;style&gt; element:
* <example>
* <title>A UI definition fragment specifying an style class</title>
* <programlisting><![CDATA[
* <object class="GtkButton" id="button1">
* <style>
* <class name="my-special-button-class"/>
* <class name="dark-button"/>
* </style>
* </object>
* ]]></programlisting>
* </example>
* </para>
* </refsect2>
*/
/* Add flags here that should not be propagated to children. By default,
* all flags will be set on children (think prelight or active), but we
* might want to not do this for some.
*/
#define GTK_STATE_FLAGS_DONT_PROPAGATE (GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED)
#define GTK_STATE_FLAGS_DO_PROPAGATE (~GTK_STATE_FLAGS_DONT_PROPAGATE)
#define WIDGET_CLASS(w) GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (w)
#define INIT_PATH_SIZE (512)
struct _GtkWidgetPrivate
{
/* The state of the widget. There are actually only
* 5 widget states (defined in "gtkenums.h")
* so 3 bits.
*/
guint state_flags : 6;
guint direction : 2;
guint in_destruction : 1;
guint toplevel : 1;
guint anchored : 1;
guint composite_child : 1;
guint no_window : 1;
guint realized : 1;
guint mapped : 1;
guint visible : 1;
guint sensitive : 1;
guint can_focus : 1;
guint has_focus : 1;
guint can_default : 1;
guint has_default : 1;
guint receives_default : 1;
guint has_grab : 1;
guint shadowed : 1;
guint rc_style : 1;
guint style_update_pending : 1;
guint app_paintable : 1;
guint double_buffered : 1;
guint redraw_on_alloc : 1;
guint no_show_all : 1;
guint child_visible : 1;
guint multidevice : 1;
guint has_shape_mask : 1;
guint in_reparent : 1;
/* Queue-resize related flags */
guint resize_pending : 1;
guint alloc_needed : 1;
guint width_request_needed : 1;
guint height_request_needed : 1;
/* Expand-related flags */
guint need_compute_expand : 1; /* Need to recompute computed_[hv]_expand */
guint computed_hexpand : 1; /* computed results (composite of child flags) */
guint computed_vexpand : 1;
guint hexpand : 1; /* application-forced expand */
guint vexpand : 1;
guint hexpand_set : 1; /* whether to use application-forced */
guint vexpand_set : 1; /* instead of computing from children */
/* SizeGroup related flags */
guint sizegroup_visited : 1;
guint sizegroup_bumping : 1;
guint have_size_groups : 1;
/* The widget's name. If the widget does not have a name
* (the name is NULL), then its name (as returned by
* "gtk_widget_get_name") is its class's name.
* Among other things, the widget name is used to determine
* the style to use for a widget.
*/
gchar *name;
/* The style for the widget. The style contains the
* colors the widget should be drawn in for each state
* along with graphics contexts used to draw with and
* the font to use for text.
*/
GtkStyle *style;
GtkStyleContext *context;
/* Widget's path for styling */
GtkWidgetPath *path;
/* The widget's allocated size */
GtkAllocation allocation;
/* The widget's requested sizes */
SizeRequestCache requests;
/* The widget's window or its parent window if it does
* not have a window. (Which will be indicated by the
* GTK_NO_WINDOW flag being set).
*/
GdkWindow *window;
/* The widget's parent */
GtkWidget *parent;
#ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
/* Number of gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants () */
guint verifying_invariants_count;
#endif /* G_ENABLE_DEBUG */
};
struct _GtkWidgetClassPrivate
{
GType accessible_type;
AtkRole accessible_role;
};
enum {
DESTROY,
SHOW,
HIDE,
MAP,
UNMAP,
REALIZE,
UNREALIZE,
SIZE_ALLOCATE,
STATE_FLAGS_CHANGED,
STATE_CHANGED,
PARENT_SET,
HIERARCHY_CHANGED,
STYLE_SET,
DIRECTION_CHANGED,
GRAB_NOTIFY,
CHILD_NOTIFY,
DRAW,
MNEMONIC_ACTIVATE,
GRAB_FOCUS,
FOCUS,
MOVE_FOCUS,
KEYNAV_FAILED,
EVENT,
EVENT_AFTER,
BUTTON_PRESS_EVENT,
BUTTON_RELEASE_EVENT,
SCROLL_EVENT,
MOTION_NOTIFY_EVENT,
DELETE_EVENT,
DESTROY_EVENT,
KEY_PRESS_EVENT,
KEY_RELEASE_EVENT,
ENTER_NOTIFY_EVENT,
LEAVE_NOTIFY_EVENT,
CONFIGURE_EVENT,
FOCUS_IN_EVENT,
FOCUS_OUT_EVENT,
MAP_EVENT,
UNMAP_EVENT,
PROPERTY_NOTIFY_EVENT,
SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT,
SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT,
SELECTION_NOTIFY_EVENT,
SELECTION_GET,
SELECTION_RECEIVED,
PROXIMITY_IN_EVENT,
PROXIMITY_OUT_EVENT,
VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_EVENT,
WINDOW_STATE_EVENT,
DAMAGE_EVENT,
GRAB_BROKEN_EVENT,
DRAG_BEGIN,
DRAG_END,
DRAG_DATA_DELETE,
DRAG_LEAVE,
DRAG_MOTION,
DRAG_DROP,
DRAG_DATA_GET,
DRAG_DATA_RECEIVED,
POPUP_MENU,
SHOW_HELP,
ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED,
SCREEN_CHANGED,
CAN_ACTIVATE_ACCEL,
COMPOSITED_CHANGED,
QUERY_TOOLTIP,
DRAG_FAILED,
STYLE_UPDATED,
LAST_SIGNAL
};
enum {
PROP_0,
PROP_NAME,
PROP_PARENT,
PROP_WIDTH_REQUEST,
PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST,
PROP_VISIBLE,
PROP_SENSITIVE,
PROP_APP_PAINTABLE,
PROP_CAN_FOCUS,
PROP_HAS_FOCUS,
PROP_IS_FOCUS,
PROP_CAN_DEFAULT,
PROP_HAS_DEFAULT,
PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT,
PROP_COMPOSITE_CHILD,
PROP_STYLE,
PROP_EVENTS,
PROP_NO_SHOW_ALL,
PROP_HAS_TOOLTIP,
PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP,
PROP_TOOLTIP_TEXT,
PROP_WINDOW,
PROP_DOUBLE_BUFFERED,
PROP_HALIGN,
PROP_VALIGN,
PROP_MARGIN_LEFT,
PROP_MARGIN_RIGHT,
PROP_MARGIN_TOP,
PROP_MARGIN_BOTTOM,
PROP_MARGIN,
PROP_HEXPAND,
PROP_VEXPAND,
PROP_HEXPAND_SET,
PROP_VEXPAND_SET,
PROP_EXPAND
};
typedef struct _GtkStateData GtkStateData;
enum {
STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE,
STATE_CHANGE_SET,
STATE_CHANGE_UNSET
};
struct _GtkStateData
{
guint flags : 6;
guint operation : 2;
guint use_forall : 1;
};
/* --- prototypes --- */
static void gtk_widget_base_class_init (gpointer g_class);
static void gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass);
static void gtk_widget_base_class_finalize (GtkWidgetClass *klass);
static void gtk_widget_init (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_set_property (GObject *object,
guint prop_id,
const GValue *value,
GParamSpec *pspec);
static void gtk_widget_get_property (GObject *object,
guint prop_id,
GValue *value,
GParamSpec *pspec);
static void gtk_widget_dispose (GObject *object);
static void gtk_widget_real_destroy (GtkWidget *object);
static void gtk_widget_finalize (GObject *object);
static void gtk_widget_real_show (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_real_hide (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_real_map (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_real_unmap (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_real_realize (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_real_unrealize (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_real_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkAllocation *allocation);
static void gtk_widget_real_style_set (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkStyle *previous_style);
static void gtk_widget_real_direction_changed(GtkWidget *widget,
GtkTextDirection previous_direction);
static void gtk_widget_real_grab_focus (GtkWidget *focus_widget);
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_query_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
gint x,
gint y,
gboolean keyboard_tip,
GtkTooltip *tooltip);
static void gtk_widget_real_style_updated (GtkWidget *widget);
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_show_help (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWidgetHelpType help_type);
static void gtk_widget_dispatch_child_properties_changed (GtkWidget *object,
guint n_pspecs,
GParamSpec **pspecs);
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_key_press_event (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventKey *event);
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_key_release_event (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventKey *event);
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_focus_in_event (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventFocus *event);
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_focus_out_event (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventFocus *event);
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkDirectionType direction);
static void gtk_widget_real_move_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkDirectionType direction);
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_keynav_failed (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkDirectionType direction);
#ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
static void gtk_widget_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget);
#else
#define gtk_widget_verify_invariants(widget)
#define gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants(widget)
#define gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants(widget)
#endif
static PangoContext* gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_update_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_propagate_state (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkStateData *data);
;
static gint gtk_widget_event_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEvent *event);
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_mnemonic_activate (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean group_cycling);
static void gtk_widget_real_get_width (GtkWidget *widget,
gint *minimum_size,
gint *natural_size);
static void gtk_widget_real_get_height (GtkWidget *widget,
gint *minimum_size,
gint *natural_size);
static void gtk_widget_real_get_height_for_width (GtkWidget *widget,
gint width,
gint *minimum_height,
gint *natural_height);
static void gtk_widget_real_get_width_for_height (GtkWidget *widget,
gint height,
gint *minimum_width,
gint *natural_width);
static const GtkWidgetAuxInfo* _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (GtkWidget *widget);
static GtkWidgetAuxInfo* gtk_widget_get_aux_info (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean create);
static void gtk_widget_aux_info_destroy (GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info);
static AtkObject* gtk_widget_real_get_accessible (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_accessible_interface_init (AtkImplementorIface *iface);
static AtkObject* gtk_widget_ref_accessible (AtkImplementor *implementor);
static void gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (GtkWidget *widget,
cairo_region_t *region);
static GdkScreen * gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_queue_shallow_draw (GtkWidget *widget);
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_can_activate_accel (GtkWidget *widget,
guint signal_id);
static void gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean has_tooltip,
gboolean force);
static void gtk_widget_buildable_interface_init (GtkBuildableIface *iface);
static void gtk_widget_buildable_set_name (GtkBuildable *buildable,
const gchar *name);
static const gchar * gtk_widget_buildable_get_name (GtkBuildable *buildable);
static GObject * gtk_widget_buildable_get_internal_child (GtkBuildable *buildable,
GtkBuilder *builder,
const gchar *childname);
static void gtk_widget_buildable_set_buildable_property (GtkBuildable *buildable,
GtkBuilder *builder,
const gchar *name,
const GValue *value);
static gboolean gtk_widget_buildable_custom_tag_start (GtkBuildable *buildable,
GtkBuilder *builder,
GObject *child,
const gchar *tagname,
GMarkupParser *parser,
gpointer *data);
static void gtk_widget_buildable_custom_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
GtkBuilder *builder,
GObject *child,
const gchar *tagname,
gpointer data);
static void gtk_widget_buildable_parser_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
GtkBuilder *builder);
static GtkSizeRequestMode gtk_widget_real_get_request_mode (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_real_get_width (GtkWidget *widget,
gint *minimum_size,
gint *natural_size);
static void gtk_widget_real_get_height (GtkWidget *widget,
gint *minimum_size,
gint *natural_size);
static void gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_real_adjust_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkOrientation orientation,
gint *minimum_size,
gint *natural_size);
static void gtk_widget_real_adjust_size_allocation (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkOrientation orientation,
gint *minimum_size,
gint *natural_size,
gint *allocated_pos,
gint *allocated_size);
static void gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
gint width,
gint height,
GtkQueueResizeFlags flags);
static void gtk_widget_add_events_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkDevice *device,
gint events);
static void gtk_widget_set_device_enabled_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkDevice *device,
gboolean recurse,
gboolean enabled);
/* --- variables --- */
static gpointer gtk_widget_parent_class = NULL;
static guint widget_signals[LAST_SIGNAL] = { 0 };
static GtkStyle *gtk_default_style = NULL;
static guint composite_child_stack = 0;
static GtkTextDirection gtk_default_direction = GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR;
static GParamSpecPool *style_property_spec_pool = NULL;
static GQuark quark_property_parser = 0;
static GQuark quark_aux_info = 0;
static GQuark quark_accel_path = 0;
static GQuark quark_accel_closures = 0;
static GQuark quark_event_mask = 0;
static GQuark quark_device_event_mask = 0;
static GQuark quark_parent_window = 0;
static GQuark quark_pointer_window = 0;
static GQuark quark_shape_info = 0;
static GQuark quark_input_shape_info = 0;
static GQuark quark_pango_context = 0;
static GQuark quark_rc_style = 0;
static GQuark quark_accessible_object = 0;
static GQuark quark_mnemonic_labels = 0;
static GQuark quark_tooltip_markup = 0;
static GQuark quark_has_tooltip = 0;
static GQuark quark_tooltip_window = 0;
static GQuark quark_visual = 0;
static GQuark quark_modifier_style = 0;
static GQuark quark_enabled_devices = 0;
static GQuark quark_size_groups = 0;
GParamSpecPool *_gtk_widget_child_property_pool = NULL;
GObjectNotifyContext *_gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context = NULL;
/* --- functions --- */
GType
gtk_widget_get_type (void)
{
static GType widget_type = 0;
if (G_UNLIKELY (widget_type == 0))
{
const GTypeInfo widget_info =
{
sizeof (GtkWidgetClass),
gtk_widget_base_class_init,
(GBaseFinalizeFunc) gtk_widget_base_class_finalize,
(GClassInitFunc) gtk_widget_class_init,
NULL, /* class_finalize */
NULL, /* class_init */
sizeof (GtkWidget),
0, /* n_preallocs */
(GInstanceInitFunc) gtk_widget_init,
NULL, /* value_table */
};
const GInterfaceInfo accessibility_info =
{
(GInterfaceInitFunc) gtk_widget_accessible_interface_init,
(GInterfaceFinalizeFunc) NULL,
NULL /* interface data */
};
const GInterfaceInfo buildable_info =
{
(GInterfaceInitFunc) gtk_widget_buildable_interface_init,
(GInterfaceFinalizeFunc) NULL,
NULL /* interface data */
};
widget_type = g_type_register_static (G_TYPE_INITIALLY_UNOWNED, "GtkWidget",
&widget_info, G_TYPE_FLAG_ABSTRACT);
g_type_add_class_private (widget_type, sizeof (GtkWidgetClassPrivate));
g_type_add_interface_static (widget_type, ATK_TYPE_IMPLEMENTOR,
&accessibility_info) ;
g_type_add_interface_static (widget_type, GTK_TYPE_BUILDABLE,
&buildable_info) ;
}
return widget_type;
}
static void
gtk_widget_base_class_init (gpointer g_class)
{
GtkWidgetClass *klass = g_class;
klass->priv = G_TYPE_CLASS_GET_PRIVATE (g_class, GTK_TYPE_WIDGET, GtkWidgetClassPrivate);
}
static void
child_property_notify_dispatcher (GObject *object,
guint n_pspecs,
GParamSpec **pspecs)
{
GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (object)->dispatch_child_properties_changed (GTK_WIDGET (object), n_pspecs, pspecs);
}
/* We guard against the draw signal callbacks modifying the state of the
* cairo context by surounding it with save/restore.
* Maybe we should also cairo_new_path() just to be sure?
*/
static void
gtk_widget_draw_marshaller (GClosure *closure,
GValue *return_value,
guint n_param_values,
const GValue *param_values,
gpointer invocation_hint,
gpointer marshal_data)
{
cairo_t *cr = g_value_get_boxed (&param_values[1]);
cairo_save (cr);
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED (closure,
return_value,
n_param_values,
param_values,
invocation_hint,
marshal_data);
cairo_restore (cr);
}
static void
gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
{
static GObjectNotifyContext cpn_context = { 0, NULL, NULL };
GObjectClass *gobject_class = G_OBJECT_CLASS (klass);
GtkBindingSet *binding_set;
gtk_widget_parent_class = g_type_class_peek_parent (klass);
quark_property_parser = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-rc-property-parser");
quark_aux_info = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-aux-info");
quark_accel_path = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-accel-path");
quark_accel_closures = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-accel-closures");
quark_event_mask = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-event-mask");
quark_device_event_mask = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-device-event-mask");
quark_parent_window = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-parent-window");
quark_pointer_window = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-pointer-window");
quark_shape_info = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-shape-info");
quark_input_shape_info = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-input-shape-info");
quark_pango_context = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-pango-context");
quark_rc_style = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-rc-style");
quark_accessible_object = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-accessible-object");
quark_mnemonic_labels = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-mnemonic-labels");
quark_tooltip_markup = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-tooltip-markup");
quark_has_tooltip = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-has-tooltip");
quark_tooltip_window = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-tooltip-window");
quark_visual = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-widget-visual");
quark_modifier_style = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-widget-modifier-style");
quark_enabled_devices = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-widget-enabled-devices");
quark_size_groups = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-widget-size-groups");
style_property_spec_pool = g_param_spec_pool_new (FALSE);
_gtk_widget_child_property_pool = g_param_spec_pool_new (TRUE);
cpn_context.quark_notify_queue = g_quark_from_static_string ("GtkWidget-child-property-notify-queue");
cpn_context.dispatcher = child_property_notify_dispatcher;
_gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context = &cpn_context;
gobject_class->dispose = gtk_widget_dispose;
gobject_class->finalize = gtk_widget_finalize;
gobject_class->set_property = gtk_widget_set_property;
gobject_class->get_property = gtk_widget_get_property;
klass->destroy = gtk_widget_real_destroy;
klass->activate_signal = 0;
klass->dispatch_child_properties_changed = gtk_widget_dispatch_child_properties_changed;
klass->show = gtk_widget_real_show;
klass->show_all = gtk_widget_show;
klass->hide = gtk_widget_real_hide;
klass->map = gtk_widget_real_map;
klass->unmap = gtk_widget_real_unmap;
klass->realize = gtk_widget_real_realize;
klass->unrealize = gtk_widget_real_unrealize;
klass->size_allocate = gtk_widget_real_size_allocate;
klass->get_request_mode = gtk_widget_real_get_request_mode;
klass->get_preferred_width = gtk_widget_real_get_width;
klass->get_preferred_height = gtk_widget_real_get_height;
klass->get_preferred_width_for_height = gtk_widget_real_get_width_for_height;
klass->get_preferred_height_for_width = gtk_widget_real_get_height_for_width;
klass->state_changed = NULL;
klass->parent_set = NULL;
klass->hierarchy_changed = NULL;
klass->style_set = gtk_widget_real_style_set;
klass->direction_changed = gtk_widget_real_direction_changed;
klass->grab_notify = NULL;
klass->child_notify = NULL;
klass->draw = NULL;
klass->mnemonic_activate = gtk_widget_real_mnemonic_activate;
klass->grab_focus = gtk_widget_real_grab_focus;
klass->focus = gtk_widget_real_focus;
klass->move_focus = gtk_widget_real_move_focus;
klass->keynav_failed = gtk_widget_real_keynav_failed;
klass->event = NULL;
klass->button_press_event = NULL;
klass->button_release_event = NULL;
klass->motion_notify_event = NULL;
klass->delete_event = NULL;
klass->destroy_event = NULL;
klass->key_press_event = gtk_widget_real_key_press_event;
klass->key_release_event = gtk_widget_real_key_release_event;
klass->enter_notify_event = NULL;
klass->leave_notify_event = NULL;
klass->configure_event = NULL;
klass->focus_in_event = gtk_widget_real_focus_in_event;
klass->focus_out_event = gtk_widget_real_focus_out_event;
klass->map_event = NULL;
klass->unmap_event = NULL;
klass->window_state_event = NULL;
klass->property_notify_event = _gtk_selection_property_notify;
klass->selection_clear_event = _gtk_selection_clear;
klass->selection_request_event = _gtk_selection_request;
klass->selection_notify_event = _gtk_selection_notify;
klass->selection_received = NULL;
klass->proximity_in_event = NULL;
klass->proximity_out_event = NULL;
klass->drag_begin = NULL;
klass->drag_end = NULL;
klass->drag_data_delete = NULL;
klass->drag_leave = NULL;
klass->drag_motion = NULL;
klass->drag_drop = NULL;
klass->drag_data_received = NULL;
klass->screen_changed = NULL;
klass->can_activate_accel = gtk_widget_real_can_activate_accel;
klass->grab_broken_event = NULL;
klass->query_tooltip = gtk_widget_real_query_tooltip;
klass->style_updated = gtk_widget_real_style_updated;
klass->show_help = gtk_widget_real_show_help;
/* Accessibility support */
klass->priv->accessible_type = GTK_TYPE_ACCESSIBLE;
klass->priv->accessible_role = ATK_ROLE_INVALID;
klass->get_accessible = gtk_widget_real_get_accessible;
klass->adjust_size_request = gtk_widget_real_adjust_size_request;
klass->adjust_size_allocation = gtk_widget_real_adjust_size_allocation;
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_NAME,
g_param_spec_string ("name",
P_("Widget name"),
P_("The name of the widget"),
NULL,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_PARENT,
g_param_spec_object ("parent",
P_("Parent widget"),
P_("The parent widget of this widget. Must be a Container widget"),
GTK_TYPE_CONTAINER,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_WIDTH_REQUEST,
g_param_spec_int ("width-request",
P_("Width request"),
P_("Override for width request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should be used"),
-1,
G_MAXINT,
-1,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST,
g_param_spec_int ("height-request",
P_("Height request"),
P_("Override for height request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should be used"),
-1,
G_MAXINT,
-1,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_VISIBLE,
g_param_spec_boolean ("visible",
P_("Visible"),
P_("Whether the widget is visible"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_SENSITIVE,
g_param_spec_boolean ("sensitive",
P_("Sensitive"),
P_("Whether the widget responds to input"),
TRUE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_APP_PAINTABLE,
g_param_spec_boolean ("app-paintable",
P_("Application paintable"),
P_("Whether the application will paint directly on the widget"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_CAN_FOCUS,
g_param_spec_boolean ("can-focus",
P_("Can focus"),
P_("Whether the widget can accept the input focus"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_HAS_FOCUS,
g_param_spec_boolean ("has-focus",
P_("Has focus"),
P_("Whether the widget has the input focus"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_IS_FOCUS,
g_param_spec_boolean ("is-focus",
P_("Is focus"),
P_("Whether the widget is the focus widget within the toplevel"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_CAN_DEFAULT,
g_param_spec_boolean ("can-default",
P_("Can default"),
P_("Whether the widget can be the default widget"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_HAS_DEFAULT,
g_param_spec_boolean ("has-default",
P_("Has default"),
P_("Whether the widget is the default widget"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT,
g_param_spec_boolean ("receives-default",
P_("Receives default"),
P_("If TRUE, the widget will receive the default action when it is focused"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_COMPOSITE_CHILD,
g_param_spec_boolean ("composite-child",
P_("Composite child"),
P_("Whether the widget is part of a composite widget"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_STYLE,
g_param_spec_object ("style",
P_("Style"),
P_("The style of the widget, which contains information about how it will look (colors etc)"),
GTK_TYPE_STYLE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_EVENTS,
g_param_spec_flags ("events",
P_("Events"),
P_("The event mask that decides what kind of GdkEvents this widget gets"),
GDK_TYPE_EVENT_MASK,
GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_NO_SHOW_ALL,
g_param_spec_boolean ("no-show-all",
P_("No show all"),
P_("Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
/**
* GtkWidget:has-tooltip:
*
* Enables or disables the emission of #GtkWidget::query-tooltip on @widget.
* A value of %TRUE indicates that @widget can have a tooltip, in this case
* the widget will be queried using #GtkWidget::query-tooltip to determine
* whether it will provide a tooltip or not.
*
* Note that setting this property to %TRUE for the first time will change
* the event masks of the GdkWindows of this widget to include leave-notify
* and motion-notify events. This cannot and will not be undone when the
* property is set to %FALSE again.
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_HAS_TOOLTIP,
g_param_spec_boolean ("has-tooltip",
P_("Has tooltip"),
P_("Whether this widget has a tooltip"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
/**
* GtkWidget:tooltip-text:
*
* Sets the text of tooltip to be the given string.
*
* Also see gtk_tooltip_set_text().
*
* This is a convenience property which will take care of getting the
* tooltip shown if the given string is not %NULL: #GtkWidget:has-tooltip
* will automatically be set to %TRUE and there will be taken care of
* #GtkWidget::query-tooltip in the default signal handler.
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_TOOLTIP_TEXT,
g_param_spec_string ("tooltip-text",
P_("Tooltip Text"),
P_("The contents of the tooltip for this widget"),
NULL,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
/**
* GtkWidget:tooltip-markup:
*
* Sets the text of tooltip to be the given string, which is marked up
* with the <link linkend="PangoMarkupFormat">Pango text markup language</link>.
* Also see gtk_tooltip_set_markup().
*
* This is a convenience property which will take care of getting the
* tooltip shown if the given string is not %NULL: #GtkWidget:has-tooltip
* will automatically be set to %TRUE and there will be taken care of
* #GtkWidget::query-tooltip in the default signal handler.
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP,
g_param_spec_string ("tooltip-markup",
P_("Tooltip markup"),
P_("The contents of the tooltip for this widget"),
NULL,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
/**
* GtkWidget:window:
*
* The widget's window if it is realized, %NULL otherwise.
*
* Since: 2.14
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_WINDOW,
g_param_spec_object ("window",
P_("Window"),
P_("The widget's window if it is realized"),
GDK_TYPE_WINDOW,
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
/**
* GtkWidget:double-buffered
*
* Whether the widget is double buffered.
*
* Since: 2.18
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_DOUBLE_BUFFERED,
g_param_spec_boolean ("double-buffered",
P_("Double Buffered"),
P_("Whether the widget is double buffered"),
TRUE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
/**
* GtkWidget:halign:
*
* How to distribute horizontal space if widget gets extra space, see #GtkAlign
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_HALIGN,
g_param_spec_enum ("halign",
P_("Horizontal Alignment"),
P_("How to position in extra horizontal space"),
GTK_TYPE_ALIGN,
GTK_ALIGN_FILL,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
/**
* GtkWidget:valign:
*
* How to distribute vertical space if widget gets extra space, see #GtkAlign
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_VALIGN,
g_param_spec_enum ("valign",
P_("Vertical Alignment"),
P_("How to position in extra vertical space"),
GTK_TYPE_ALIGN,
GTK_ALIGN_FILL,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
/**
* GtkWidget:margin-left
*
* Margin on left side of widget.
*
* This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
* request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
* gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_MARGIN_LEFT,
g_param_spec_int ("margin-left",
P_("Margin on Left"),
P_("Pixels of extra space on the left side"),
0,
G_MAXINT16,
0,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
/**
* GtkWidget:margin-right
*
* Margin on right side of widget.
*
* This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
* request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
* gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_MARGIN_RIGHT,
g_param_spec_int ("margin-right",
P_("Margin on Right"),
P_("Pixels of extra space on the right side"),
0,
G_MAXINT16,
0,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
/**
* GtkWidget:margin-top
*
* Margin on top side of widget.
*
* This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
* request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
* gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_MARGIN_TOP,
g_param_spec_int ("margin-top",
P_("Margin on Top"),
P_("Pixels of extra space on the top side"),
0,
G_MAXINT16,
0,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
/**
* GtkWidget:margin-bottom
*
* Margin on bottom side of widget.
*
* This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
* request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
* gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_MARGIN_BOTTOM,
g_param_spec_int ("margin-bottom",
P_("Margin on Bottom"),
P_("Pixels of extra space on the bottom side"),
0,
G_MAXINT16,
0,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
/**
* GtkWidget:margin
*
* Sets all four sides' margin at once. If read, returns max
* margin on any side.
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_MARGIN,
g_param_spec_int ("margin",
P_("All Margins"),
P_("Pixels of extra space on all four sides"),
0,
G_MAXINT16,
0,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
/**
* GtkWidget::destroy:
* @object: the object which received the signal
*
* Signals that all holders of a reference to the widget should release
* the reference that they hold. May result in finalization of the widget
* if all references are released.
*/
widget_signals[DESTROY] =
g_signal_new (I_("destroy"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_CLEANUP | G_SIGNAL_NO_RECURSE | G_SIGNAL_NO_HOOKS,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, destroy),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
/**
* GtkWidget:hexpand
*
* Whether to expand horizontally. See gtk_widget_set_hexpand().
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_HEXPAND,
g_param_spec_boolean ("hexpand",
P_("Horizontal Expand"),
P_("Whether widget wants more horizontal space"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
/**
* GtkWidget:hexpand-set
*
* Whether to use the #GtkWidget:hexpand property. See gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set().
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_HEXPAND_SET,
g_param_spec_boolean ("hexpand-set",
P_("Horizontal Expand Set"),
P_("Whether to use the hexpand property"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
/**
* GtkWidget:vexpand
*
* Whether to expand vertically. See gtk_widget_set_vexpand().
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_VEXPAND,
g_param_spec_boolean ("vexpand",
P_("Vertical Expand"),
P_("Whether widget wants more vertical space"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
/**
* GtkWidget:vexpand-set
*
* Whether to use the #GtkWidget:vexpand property. See gtk_widget_get_vexpand_set().
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_VEXPAND_SET,
g_param_spec_boolean ("vexpand-set",
P_("Vertical Expand Set"),
P_("Whether to use the vexpand property"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
/**
* GtkWidget:expand
*
* Whether to expand in both directions. Setting this sets both #GtkWidget:hexpand and #GtkWidget:vexpand
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_EXPAND,
g_param_spec_boolean ("expand",
P_("Expand Both"),
P_("Whether widget wants to expand in both directions"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
/**
* GtkWidget::show:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
*/
widget_signals[SHOW] =
g_signal_new (I_("show"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, show),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
/**
* GtkWidget::hide:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
*/
widget_signals[HIDE] =
g_signal_new (I_("hide"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, hide),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
/**
* GtkWidget::map:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
*/
widget_signals[MAP] =
g_signal_new (I_("map"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, map),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
/**
* GtkWidget::unmap:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
*/
widget_signals[UNMAP] =
g_signal_new (I_("unmap"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, unmap),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
/**
* GtkWidget::realize:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
*/
widget_signals[REALIZE] =
g_signal_new (I_("realize"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, realize),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
/**
* GtkWidget::unrealize:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
*/
widget_signals[UNREALIZE] =
g_signal_new (I_("unrealize"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, unrealize),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
/**
* GtkWidget::size-allocate:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @allocation:
*/
widget_signals[SIZE_ALLOCATE] =
g_signal_new (I_("size-allocate"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, size_allocate),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED,
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
GDK_TYPE_RECTANGLE | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::state-changed:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @state: the previous state
*
* The ::state-changed signal is emitted when the widget state changes.
* See gtk_widget_get_state().
*
* Deprecated: 3.0. Use #GtkWidget::state-flags-changed instead.
*/
widget_signals[STATE_CHANGED] =
g_signal_new (I_("state-changed"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, state_changed),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__ENUM,
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
GTK_TYPE_STATE_TYPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::state-flags-changed:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @flags: The previous state flags.
*
* The ::state-flags-changed signal is emitted when the widget state
* changes, see gtk_widget_get_state_flags().
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
widget_signals[STATE_FLAGS_CHANGED] =
g_signal_new (I_("state-flags-changed"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, state_flags_changed),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__FLAGS,
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
GTK_TYPE_STATE_FLAGS);
/**
* GtkWidget::parent-set:
* @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
* @old_parent: (allow-none): the previous parent, or %NULL if the widget
* just got its initial parent.
*
* The ::parent-set signal is emitted when a new parent
* has been set on a widget.
*/
widget_signals[PARENT_SET] =
g_signal_new (I_("parent-set"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, parent_set),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
GTK_TYPE_WIDGET);
/**
* GtkWidget::hierarchy-changed:
* @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
* @previous_toplevel: (allow-none): the previous toplevel ancestor, or %NULL
* if the widget was previously unanchored
*
* The ::hierarchy-changed signal is emitted when the
* anchored state of a widget changes. A widget is
* <firstterm>anchored</firstterm> when its toplevel
* ancestor is a #GtkWindow. This signal is emitted when
* a widget changes from un-anchored to anchored or vice-versa.
*/
widget_signals[HIERARCHY_CHANGED] =
g_signal_new (I_("hierarchy-changed"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, hierarchy_changed),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
GTK_TYPE_WIDGET);
/**
* GtkWidget::style-set:
* @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
* @previous_style: (allow-none): the previous style, or %NULL if the widget
* just got its initial style
*
* The ::style-set signal is emitted when a new style has been set
* on a widget. Note that style-modifying functions like
* gtk_widget_modify_base() also cause this signal to be emitted.
*
* Note that this signal is emitted for changes to the deprecated
* #GtkStyle. To track changes to the #GtkStyleContext associated
* with a widget, use the #GtkWidget::style-updated signal.
*
* Deprecated:3.0: Use the #GtkWidget::style-updated signal
*/
widget_signals[STYLE_SET] =
g_signal_new (I_("style-set"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, style_set),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
GTK_TYPE_STYLE);
/**
* GtkWidget::style-updated:
* @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
*
* The ::style-updated signal is emitted when the #GtkStyleContext
* of a widget is changed. Note that style-modifying functions like
* gtk_widget_override_color() also cause this signal to be emitted.
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
widget_signals[STYLE_UPDATED] =
g_signal_new (I_("style-updated"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, style_updated),
NULL, NULL,
g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__VOID,
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
/**
* GtkWidget::direction-changed:
* @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
* @previous_direction: the previous text direction of @widget
*
* The ::direction-changed signal is emitted when the text direction
* of a widget changes.
*/
widget_signals[DIRECTION_CHANGED] =
g_signal_new (I_("direction-changed"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, direction_changed),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__ENUM,
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
GTK_TYPE_TEXT_DIRECTION);
/**
* GtkWidget::grab-notify:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @was_grabbed: %FALSE if the widget becomes shadowed, %TRUE
* if it becomes unshadowed
*
* The ::grab-notify signal is emitted when a widget becomes
* shadowed by a GTK+ grab (not a pointer or keyboard grab) on
* another widget, or when it becomes unshadowed due to a grab
* being removed.
*
* A widget is shadowed by a gtk_grab_add() when the topmost
* grab widget in the grab stack of its window group is not
* its ancestor.
*/
widget_signals[GRAB_NOTIFY] =
g_signal_new (I_("grab-notify"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, grab_notify),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__BOOLEAN,
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN);
/**
* GtkWidget::child-notify:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @pspec: the #GParamSpec of the changed child property
*
* The ::child-notify signal is emitted for each
* <link linkend="child-properties">child property</link> that has
* changed on an object. The signal's detail holds the property name.
*/
widget_signals[CHILD_NOTIFY] =
g_signal_new (I_("child-notify"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST | G_SIGNAL_NO_RECURSE | G_SIGNAL_DETAILED | G_SIGNAL_NO_HOOKS,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, child_notify),
NULL, NULL,
g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__PARAM,
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
G_TYPE_PARAM);
/**
* GtkWidget::draw:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @cr: the cairo context to draw to
*
* This signal is emitted when a widget is supposed to render itself.
* The @widget's top left corner must be painted at the origin of
* the passed in context and be sized to the values returned by
* gtk_widget_get_allocated_width() and
* gtk_widget_get_allocated_height().
*
* Signal handlers connected to this signal can modify the cairo
* context passed as @cr in any way they like and don't need to
* restore it. The signal emission takes care of calling cairo_save()
* before and cairo_restore() after invoking the handler.
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
widget_signals[DRAW] =
g_signal_new (I_("draw"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, draw),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
gtk_widget_draw_marshaller,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_CONTEXT);
/**
* GtkWidget::mnemonic-activate:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @arg1:
*/
widget_signals[MNEMONIC_ACTIVATE] =
g_signal_new (I_("mnemonic-activate"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, mnemonic_activate),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOOLEAN,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN);
/**
* GtkWidget::grab-focus:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
*/
widget_signals[GRAB_FOCUS] =
g_signal_new (I_("grab-focus"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, grab_focus),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
/**
* GtkWidget::focus:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @direction:
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[FOCUS] =
g_signal_new (I_("focus"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, focus),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__ENUM,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GTK_TYPE_DIRECTION_TYPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::move-focus:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @direction:
*/
widget_signals[MOVE_FOCUS] =
g_signal_new (I_("move-focus"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, move_focus),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__ENUM,
G_TYPE_NONE,
1,
GTK_TYPE_DIRECTION_TYPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::keynav-failed:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @direction: the direction of movement
*
* Gets emitted if keyboard navigation fails.
* See gtk_widget_keynav_failed() for details.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if stopping keyboard navigation is fine, %FALSE
* if the emitting widget should try to handle the keyboard
* navigation attempt in its parent container(s).
*
* Since: 2.12
**/
widget_signals[KEYNAV_FAILED] =
g_signal_new (I_("keynav-failed"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, keynav_failed),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__ENUM,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GTK_TYPE_DIRECTION_TYPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @event: the #GdkEvent which triggered this signal
*
* The GTK+ main loop will emit three signals for each GDK event delivered
* to a widget: one generic ::event signal, another, more specific,
* signal that matches the type of event delivered (e.g.
* #GtkWidget::key-press-event) and finally a generic
* #GtkWidget::event-after signal.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event
* and to cancel the emission of the second specific ::event signal.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further and to allow the emission of
* the second signal. The ::event-after signal is emitted regardless of
* the return value.
*/
widget_signals[EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::event-after:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @event: the #GdkEvent which triggered this signal
*
* After the emission of the #GtkWidget::event signal and (optionally)
* the second more specific signal, ::event-after will be emitted
* regardless of the previous two signals handlers return values.
*
*/
widget_signals[EVENT_AFTER] =
g_signal_new (I_("event-after"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
0,
0,
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED,
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::button-press-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @event: (type Gdk.EventButton): the #GdkEventButton which triggered
* this signal.
*
* The ::button-press-event signal will be emitted when a button
* (typically from a mouse) is pressed.
*
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the
* widget needs to enable the #GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK mask.
*
* This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[BUTTON_PRESS_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("button-press-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, button_press_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::button-release-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @event: (type Gdk.EventButton): the #GdkEventButton which triggered
* this signal.
*
* The ::button-release-event signal will be emitted when a button
* (typically from a mouse) is released.
*
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the
* widget needs to enable the #GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE_MASK mask.
*
* This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[BUTTON_RELEASE_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("button-release-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, button_release_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::scroll-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @event: (type Gdk.EventScroll): the #GdkEventScroll which triggered
* this signal.
*
* The ::scroll-event signal is emitted when a button in the 4 to 7
* range is pressed. Wheel mice are usually configured to generate
* button press events for buttons 4 and 5 when the wheel is turned.
*
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
* to enable the #GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK mask.
*
* This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[SCROLL_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("scroll-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, scroll_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::motion-notify-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @event: (type Gdk.EventMotion): the #GdkEventMotion which triggered
* this signal.
*
* The ::motion-notify-event signal is emitted when the pointer moves
* over the widget's #GdkWindow.
*
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget
* needs to enable the #GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK mask.
*
* This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[MOTION_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("motion-notify-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, motion_notify_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::composited-changed:
* @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
*
* The ::composited-changed signal is emitted when the composited
* status of @widget<!-- -->s screen changes.
* See gdk_screen_is_composited().
*/
widget_signals[COMPOSITED_CHANGED] =
g_signal_new (I_("composited-changed"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, composited_changed),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
/**
* GtkWidget::delete-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: the event which triggered this signal
*
* The ::delete-event signal is emitted if a user requests that
* a toplevel window is closed. The default handler for this signal
* destroys the window. Connecting gtk_widget_hide_on_delete() to
* this signal will cause the window to be hidden instead, so that
* it can later be shown again without reconstructing it.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[DELETE_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("delete-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, delete_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::destroy-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @event: the event which triggered this signal
*
* The ::destroy-event signal is emitted when a #GdkWindow is destroyed.
* You rarely get this signal, because most widgets disconnect themselves
* from their window before they destroy it, so no widget owns the
* window at destroy time.
*
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
* to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask
* automatically for all new windows.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[DESTROY_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("destroy-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, destroy_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::key-press-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: (type Gdk.EventKey): the #GdkEventKey which triggered this signal.
*
* The ::key-press-event signal is emitted when a key is pressed. The signal
* emission will reoccur at the key-repeat rate when the key is kept pressed.
*
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
* to enable the #GDK_KEY_PRESS_MASK mask.
*
* This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[KEY_PRESS_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("key-press-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, key_press_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::key-release-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: (type Gdk.EventKey): the #GdkEventKey which triggered this signal.
*
* The ::key-release-event signal is emitted when a key is released.
*
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
* to enable the #GDK_KEY_RELEASE_MASK mask.
*
* This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[KEY_RELEASE_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("key-release-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, key_release_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::enter-notify-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: (type Gdk.EventCrossing): the #GdkEventCrossing which triggered
* this signal.
*
* The ::enter-notify-event will be emitted when the pointer enters
* the @widget's window.
*
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
* to enable the #GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY_MASK mask.
*
* This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[ENTER_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("enter-notify-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, enter_notify_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::leave-notify-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: (type Gdk.EventCrossing): the #GdkEventCrossing which triggered
* this signal.
*
* The ::leave-notify-event will be emitted when the pointer leaves
* the @widget's window.
*
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
* to enable the #GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK mask.
*
* This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[LEAVE_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("leave-notify-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, leave_notify_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::configure-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: (type Gdk.EventConfigure): the #GdkEventConfigure which triggered
* this signal.
*
* The ::configure-event signal will be emitted when the size, position or
* stacking of the @widget's window has changed.
*
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
* to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask
* automatically for all new windows.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[CONFIGURE_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("configure-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, configure_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::focus-in-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: (type Gdk.EventFocus): the #GdkEventFocus which triggered
* this signal.
*
* The ::focus-in-event signal will be emitted when the keyboard focus
* enters the @widget's window.
*
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
* to enable the #GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE_MASK mask.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[FOCUS_IN_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("focus-in-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, focus_in_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::focus-out-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: (type Gdk.EventFocus): the #GdkEventFocus which triggered this
* signal.
*
* The ::focus-out-event signal will be emitted when the keyboard focus
* leaves the @widget's window.
*
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
* to enable the #GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE_MASK mask.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[FOCUS_OUT_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("focus-out-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, focus_out_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::map-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: (type Gdk.EventAny): the #GdkEventAny which triggered this signal.
*
* The ::map-event signal will be emitted when the @widget's window is
* mapped. A window is mapped when it becomes visible on the screen.
*
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
* to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask
* automatically for all new windows.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[MAP_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("map-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, map_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::unmap-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: (type Gdk.EventAny): the #GdkEventAny which triggered this signal
*
* The ::unmap-event signal will be emitted when the @widget's window is
* unmapped. A window is unmapped when it becomes invisible on the screen.
*
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
* to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask
* automatically for all new windows.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[UNMAP_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("unmap-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, unmap_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::property-notify-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: (type Gdk.EventProperty): the #GdkEventProperty which triggered
* this signal.
*
* The ::property-notify-event signal will be emitted when a property on
* the @widget's window has been changed or deleted.
*
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
* to enable the #GDK_PROPERTY_CHANGE_MASK mask.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[PROPERTY_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("property-notify-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, property_notify_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::selection-clear-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: (type Gdk.EventSelection): the #GdkEventSelection which triggered
* this signal.
*
* The ::selection-clear-event signal will be emitted when the
* the @widget's window has lost ownership of a selection.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("selection-clear-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_clear_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::selection-request-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: (type Gdk.EventSelection): the #GdkEventSelection which triggered
* this signal.
*
* The ::selection-request-event signal will be emitted when
* another client requests ownership of the selection owned by
* the @widget's window.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("selection-request-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_request_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::selection-notify-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @event: (type Gdk.EventSelection):
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[SELECTION_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("selection-notify-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_notify_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::selection-received:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @data:
* @time:
*/
widget_signals[SELECTION_RECEIVED] =
g_signal_new (I_("selection-received"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_received),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED_UINT,
G_TYPE_NONE, 2,
GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
G_TYPE_UINT);
/**
* GtkWidget::selection-get:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @data:
* @info:
* @time:
*/
widget_signals[SELECTION_GET] =
g_signal_new (I_("selection-get"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_get),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED_UINT_UINT,
G_TYPE_NONE, 3,
GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
G_TYPE_UINT,
G_TYPE_UINT);
/**
* GtkWidget::proximity-in-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: (type Gdk.EventProximity): the #GdkEventProximity which triggered
* this signal.
*
* To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
* to enable the #GDK_PROXIMITY_IN_MASK mask.
*
* This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[PROXIMITY_IN_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("proximity-in-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, proximity_in_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::proximity-out-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: (type Gdk.EventProximity): the #GdkEventProximity which triggered
* this signal.
*
* To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
* to enable the #GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT_MASK mask.
*
* This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[PROXIMITY_OUT_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("proximity-out-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, proximity_out_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::drag-leave:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @drag_context: the drag context
* @time: the timestamp of the motion event
*
* The ::drag-leave signal is emitted on the drop site when the cursor
* leaves the widget. A typical reason to connect to this signal is to
* undo things done in #GtkWidget::drag-motion, e.g. undo highlighting
* with gtk_drag_unhighlight()
*/
widget_signals[DRAG_LEAVE] =
g_signal_new (I_("drag-leave"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_leave),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT_UINT,
G_TYPE_NONE, 2,
GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
G_TYPE_UINT);
/**
* GtkWidget::drag-begin:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @drag_context: the drag context
*
* The ::drag-begin signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag is
* started. A typical reason to connect to this signal is to set up a
* custom drag icon with gtk_drag_source_set_icon().
*
* Note that some widgets set up a drag icon in the default handler of
* this signal, so you may have to use g_signal_connect_after() to
* override what the default handler did.
*/
widget_signals[DRAG_BEGIN] =
g_signal_new (I_("drag-begin"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_begin),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT);
/**
* GtkWidget::drag-end:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @drag_context: the drag context
*
* The ::drag-end signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag is
* finished. A typical reason to connect to this signal is to undo
* things done in #GtkWidget::drag-begin.
*/
widget_signals[DRAG_END] =
g_signal_new (I_("drag-end"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_end),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT);
/**
* GtkWidget::drag-data-delete:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @drag_context: the drag context
*
* The ::drag-data-delete signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag
* with the action %GDK_ACTION_MOVE is successfully completed. The signal
* handler is responsible for deleting the data that has been dropped. What
* "delete" means depends on the context of the drag operation.
*/
widget_signals[DRAG_DATA_DELETE] =
g_signal_new (I_("drag-data-delete"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_data_delete),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT);
/**
* GtkWidget::drag-failed:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @drag_context: the drag context
* @result: the result of the drag operation
*
* The ::drag-failed signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag has
* failed. The signal handler may hook custom code to handle a failed DND
* operation based on the type of error, it returns %TRUE is the failure has
* been already handled (not showing the default "drag operation failed"
* animation), otherwise it returns %FALSE.
*
* Return value: %TRUE if the failed drag operation has been already handled.
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
widget_signals[DRAG_FAILED] =
g_signal_new (I_("drag-failed"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_failed),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__OBJECT_ENUM,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 2,
GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
GTK_TYPE_DRAG_RESULT);
/**
* GtkWidget::drag-motion:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @drag_context: the drag context
* @x: the x coordinate of the current cursor position
* @y: the y coordinate of the current cursor position
* @time: the timestamp of the motion event
* @returns: whether the cursor position is in a drop zone
*
* The drag-motion signal is emitted on the drop site when the user
* moves the cursor over the widget during a drag. The signal handler
* must determine whether the cursor position is in a drop zone or not.
* If it is not in a drop zone, it returns %FALSE and no further processing
* is necessary. Otherwise, the handler returns %TRUE. In this case, the
* handler is responsible for providing the necessary information for
* displaying feedback to the user, by calling gdk_drag_status().
*
* If the decision whether the drop will be accepted or rejected can't be
* made based solely on the cursor position and the type of the data, the
* handler may inspect the dragged data by calling gtk_drag_get_data() and
* defer the gdk_drag_status() call to the #GtkWidget::drag-data-received
* handler. Note that you cannot not pass #GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_DROP,
* #GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_MOTION or #GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_ALL to gtk_drag_dest_set()
* when using the drag-motion signal that way.
*
* Also note that there is no drag-enter signal. The drag receiver has to
* keep track of whether he has received any drag-motion signals since the
* last #GtkWidget::drag-leave and if not, treat the drag-motion signal as
* an "enter" signal. Upon an "enter", the handler will typically highlight
* the drop site with gtk_drag_highlight().
* |[
* static void
* drag_motion (GtkWidget *widget,
* GdkDragContext *context,
* gint x,
* gint y,
* guint time)
* {
* GdkAtom target;
*
* PrivateData *private_data = GET_PRIVATE_DATA (widget);
*
* if (!private_data->drag_highlight)
* {
* private_data->drag_highlight = 1;
* gtk_drag_highlight (widget);
* }
*
* target = gtk_drag_dest_find_target (widget, context, NULL);
* if (target == GDK_NONE)
* gdk_drag_status (context, 0, time);
* else
* {
* private_data->pending_status = context->suggested_action;
* gtk_drag_get_data (widget, context, target, time);
* }
*
* return TRUE;
* }
*
* static void
* drag_data_received (GtkWidget *widget,
* GdkDragContext *context,
* gint x,
* gint y,
* GtkSelectionData *selection_data,
* guint info,
* guint time)
* {
* PrivateData *private_data = GET_PRIVATE_DATA (widget);
*
* if (private_data->suggested_action)
* {
* private_data->suggested_action = 0;
*
* /&ast; We are getting this data due to a request in drag_motion,
* * rather than due to a request in drag_drop, so we are just
* * supposed to call gdk_drag_status (), not actually paste in
* * the data.
* &ast;/
* str = gtk_selection_data_get_text (selection_data);
* if (!data_is_acceptable (str))
* gdk_drag_status (context, 0, time);
* else
* gdk_drag_status (context, private_data->suggested_action, time);
* }
* else
* {
* /&ast; accept the drop &ast;/
* }
* }
* ]|
*/
widget_signals[DRAG_MOTION] =
g_signal_new (I_("drag-motion"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_motion),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__OBJECT_INT_INT_UINT,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 4,
GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
G_TYPE_INT,
G_TYPE_INT,
G_TYPE_UINT);
/**
* GtkWidget::drag-drop:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @drag_context: the drag context
* @x: the x coordinate of the current cursor position
* @y: the y coordinate of the current cursor position
* @time: the timestamp of the motion event
* @returns: whether the cursor position is in a drop zone
*
* The ::drag-drop signal is emitted on the drop site when the user drops
* the data onto the widget. The signal handler must determine whether
* the cursor position is in a drop zone or not. If it is not in a drop
* zone, it returns %FALSE and no further processing is necessary.
* Otherwise, the handler returns %TRUE. In this case, the handler must
* ensure that gtk_drag_finish() is called to let the source know that
* the drop is done. The call to gtk_drag_finish() can be done either
* directly or in a #GtkWidget::drag-data-received handler which gets
* triggered by calling gtk_drag_get_data() to receive the data for one
* or more of the supported targets.
*/
widget_signals[DRAG_DROP] =
g_signal_new (I_("drag-drop"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_drop),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__OBJECT_INT_INT_UINT,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 4,
GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
G_TYPE_INT,
G_TYPE_INT,
G_TYPE_UINT);
/**
* GtkWidget::drag-data-get:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @drag_context: the drag context
* @data: the #GtkSelectionData to be filled with the dragged data
* @info: the info that has been registered with the target in the
* #GtkTargetList
* @time: the timestamp at which the data was requested
*
* The ::drag-data-get signal is emitted on the drag source when the drop
* site requests the data which is dragged. It is the responsibility of
* the signal handler to fill @data with the data in the format which
* is indicated by @info. See gtk_selection_data_set() and
* gtk_selection_data_set_text().
*/
widget_signals[DRAG_DATA_GET] =
g_signal_new (I_("drag-data-get"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_data_get),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT_BOXED_UINT_UINT,
G_TYPE_NONE, 4,
GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
G_TYPE_UINT,
G_TYPE_UINT);
/**
* GtkWidget::drag-data-received:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @drag_context: the drag context
* @x: where the drop happened
* @y: where the drop happened
* @data: the received data
* @info: the info that has been registered with the target in the
* #GtkTargetList
* @time: the timestamp at which the data was received
*
* The ::drag-data-received signal is emitted on the drop site when the
* dragged data has been received. If the data was received in order to
* determine whether the drop will be accepted, the handler is expected
* to call gdk_drag_status() and <emphasis>not</emphasis> finish the drag.
* If the data was received in response to a #GtkWidget::drag-drop signal
* (and this is the last target to be received), the handler for this
* signal is expected to process the received data and then call
* gtk_drag_finish(), setting the @success parameter depending on whether
* the data was processed successfully.
*
* The handler may inspect and modify @drag_context->action before calling
* gtk_drag_finish(), e.g. to implement %GDK_ACTION_ASK as shown in the
* following example:
* |[
* void
* drag_data_received (GtkWidget *widget,
* GdkDragContext *drag_context,
* gint x,
* gint y,
* GtkSelectionData *data,
* guint info,
* guint time)
* {
* if ((data->length >= 0) && (data->format == 8))
* {
* if (drag_context->action == GDK_ACTION_ASK)
* {
* GtkWidget *dialog;
* gint response;
*
* dialog = gtk_message_dialog_new (NULL,
* GTK_DIALOG_MODAL |
* GTK_DIALOG_DESTROY_WITH_PARENT,
* GTK_MESSAGE_INFO,
* GTK_BUTTONS_YES_NO,
* "Move the data ?\n");
* response = gtk_dialog_run (GTK_DIALOG (dialog));
* gtk_widget_destroy (dialog);
*
* if (response == GTK_RESPONSE_YES)
* drag_context->action = GDK_ACTION_MOVE;
* else
* drag_context->action = GDK_ACTION_COPY;
* }
*
* gtk_drag_finish (drag_context, TRUE, FALSE, time);
* return;
* }
*
* gtk_drag_finish (drag_context, FALSE, FALSE, time);
* }
* ]|
*/
widget_signals[DRAG_DATA_RECEIVED] =
g_signal_new (I_("drag-data-received"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_data_received),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT_INT_INT_BOXED_UINT_UINT,
G_TYPE_NONE, 6,
GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
G_TYPE_INT,
G_TYPE_INT,
GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
G_TYPE_UINT,
G_TYPE_UINT);
/**
* GtkWidget::visibility-notify-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: (type Gdk.EventVisibility): the #GdkEventVisibility which
* triggered this signal.
*
* The ::visibility-notify-event will be emitted when the @widget's window
* is obscured or unobscured.
*
* To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
* to enable the #GDK_VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_MASK mask.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("visibility-notify-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, visibility_notify_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::window-state-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: (type Gdk.EventWindowState): the #GdkEventWindowState which
* triggered this signal.
*
* The ::window-state-event will be emitted when the state of the
* toplevel window associated to the @widget changes.
*
* To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget
* needs to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable
* this mask automatically for all new windows.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the
* event. %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[WINDOW_STATE_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("window-state-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, window_state_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::damage-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: (type Gdk.EventExpose): the #GdkEventExpose event
*
* Emitted when a redirected window belonging to @widget gets drawn into.
* The region/area members of the event shows what area of the redirected
* drawable was drawn into.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*
* Since: 2.14
*/
widget_signals[DAMAGE_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("damage-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, damage_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::grab-broken-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: (type Gdk.EventGrabBroken): the #GdkEventGrabBroken event
*
* Emitted when a pointer or keyboard grab on a window belonging
* to @widget gets broken.
*
* On X11, this happens when the grab window becomes unviewable
* (i.e. it or one of its ancestors is unmapped), or if the same
* application grabs the pointer or keyboard again.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for
* the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*
* Since: 2.8
*/
widget_signals[GRAB_BROKEN_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("grab-broken-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, grab_broken_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::query-tooltip:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @x: the x coordinate of the cursor position where the request has
* been emitted, relative to @widget's left side
* @y: the y coordinate of the cursor position where the request has
* been emitted, relative to @widget's top
* @keyboard_mode: %TRUE if the tooltip was trigged using the keyboard
* @tooltip: a #GtkTooltip
*
* Emitted when #GtkWidget:has-tooltip is %TRUE and the #GtkSettings:gtk-tooltip-timeout
* has expired with the cursor hovering "above" @widget; or emitted when @widget got
* focus in keyboard mode.
*
* Using the given coordinates, the signal handler should determine
* whether a tooltip should be shown for @widget. If this is the case
* %TRUE should be returned, %FALSE otherwise. Note that if
* @keyboard_mode is %TRUE, the values of @x and @y are undefined and
* should not be used.
*
* The signal handler is free to manipulate @tooltip with the therefore
* destined function calls.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @tooltip should be shown right now, %FALSE otherwise.
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
widget_signals[QUERY_TOOLTIP] =
g_signal_new (I_("query-tooltip"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, query_tooltip),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__INT_INT_BOOLEAN_OBJECT,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 4,
G_TYPE_INT,
G_TYPE_INT,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN,
GTK_TYPE_TOOLTIP);
/**
* GtkWidget::popup-menu
* @widget: the object which received the signal
*
* This signal gets emitted whenever a widget should pop up a context
* menu. This usually happens through the standard key binding mechanism;
* by pressing a certain key while a widget is focused, the user can cause
* the widget to pop up a menu. For example, the #GtkEntry widget creates
* a menu with clipboard commands. See <xref linkend="checklist-popup-menu"/>
* for an example of how to use this signal.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if a menu was activated
*/
widget_signals[POPUP_MENU] =
g_signal_new (I_("popup-menu"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, popup_menu),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__VOID,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 0);
/**
* GtkWidget::show-help:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @help_type:
*/
widget_signals[SHOW_HELP] =
g_signal_new (I_("show-help"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, show_help),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__ENUM,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::accel-closures-changed:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
*/
widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED] =
g_signal_new (I_("accel-closures-changed"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
0,
0,
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
/**
* GtkWidget::screen-changed:
* @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
* @previous_screen: (allow-none): the previous screen, or %NULL if the
* widget was not associated with a screen before
*
* The ::screen-changed signal gets emitted when the
* screen of a widget has changed.
*/
widget_signals[SCREEN_CHANGED] =
g_signal_new (I_("screen-changed"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, screen_changed),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
GDK_TYPE_SCREEN);
/**
* GtkWidget::can-activate-accel:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @signal_id: the ID of a signal installed on @widget
*
* Determines whether an accelerator that activates the signal
* identified by @signal_id can currently be activated.
* This signal is present to allow applications and derived
* widgets to override the default #GtkWidget handling
* for determining whether an accelerator can be activated.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the signal can be activated.
*/
widget_signals[CAN_ACTIVATE_ACCEL] =
g_signal_new (I_("can-activate-accel"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, can_activate_accel),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__UINT,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1, G_TYPE_UINT);
binding_set = gtk_binding_set_by_class (klass);
gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KEY_F10, GDK_SHIFT_MASK,
"popup-menu", 0);
gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KEY_Menu, 0,
"popup-menu", 0);
gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KEY_F1, GDK_CONTROL_MASK,
"show-help", 1,
GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE,
GTK_WIDGET_HELP_TOOLTIP);
gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KEY_KP_F1, GDK_CONTROL_MASK,
"show-help", 1,
GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE,
GTK_WIDGET_HELP_TOOLTIP);
gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KEY_F1, GDK_SHIFT_MASK,
"show-help", 1,
GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE,
GTK_WIDGET_HELP_WHATS_THIS);
gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KEY_KP_F1, GDK_SHIFT_MASK,
"show-help", 1,
GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE,
GTK_WIDGET_HELP_WHATS_THIS);
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
g_param_spec_boolean ("interior-focus",
P_("Interior Focus"),
P_("Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets"),
TRUE,
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
g_param_spec_int ("focus-line-width",
P_("Focus linewidth"),
P_("Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line"),
0, G_MAXINT, 1,
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
g_param_spec_string ("focus-line-pattern",
P_("Focus line dash pattern"),
P_("Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator"),
"\1\1",
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
g_param_spec_int ("focus-padding",
P_("Focus padding"),
P_("Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'"),
0, G_MAXINT, 1,
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
g_param_spec_boxed ("cursor-color",
P_("Cursor color"),
P_("Color with which to draw insertion cursor"),
GDK_TYPE_COLOR,
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
g_param_spec_boxed ("secondary-cursor-color",
P_("Secondary cursor color"),
P_("Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed right-to-left and left-to-right text"),
GDK_TYPE_COLOR,
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
g_param_spec_float ("cursor-aspect-ratio",
P_("Cursor line aspect ratio"),
P_("Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor"),
0.0, 1.0, 0.04,
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
g_param_spec_boolean ("window-dragging",
P_("Window dragging"),
P_("Whether windows can be dragged by clicking on empty areas"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
/**
* GtkWidget:link-color:
*
* The "link-color" style property defines the color of unvisited links.
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
g_param_spec_boxed ("link-color",
P_("Unvisited Link Color"),
P_("Color of unvisited links"),
GDK_TYPE_COLOR,
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
/**
* GtkWidget:visited-link-color:
*
* The "visited-link-color" style property defines the color of visited links.
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
g_param_spec_boxed ("visited-link-color",
P_("Visited Link Color"),
P_("Color of visited links"),
GDK_TYPE_COLOR,
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
/**
* GtkWidget:wide-separators:
*
* The "wide-separators" style property defines whether separators have
* configurable width and should be drawn using a box instead of a line.
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
g_param_spec_boolean ("wide-separators",
P_("Wide Separators"),
P_("Whether separators have configurable width and should be drawn using a box instead of a line"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
/**
* GtkWidget:separator-width:
*
* The "separator-width" style property defines the width of separators.
* This property only takes effect if #GtkWidget:wide-separators is %TRUE.
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
g_param_spec_int ("separator-width",
P_("Separator Width"),
P_("The width of separators if wide-separators is TRUE"),
0, G_MAXINT, 0,
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
/**
* GtkWidget:separator-height:
*
* The "separator-height" style property defines the height of separators.
* This property only takes effect if #GtkWidget:wide-separators is %TRUE.
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
g_param_spec_int ("separator-height",
P_("Separator Height"),
P_("The height of separators if \"wide-separators\" is TRUE"),
0, G_MAXINT, 0,
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
/**
* GtkWidget:scroll-arrow-hlength:
*
* The "scroll-arrow-hlength" style property defines the length of
* horizontal scroll arrows.
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
g_param_spec_int ("scroll-arrow-hlength",
P_("Horizontal Scroll Arrow Length"),
P_("The length of horizontal scroll arrows"),
1, G_MAXINT, 16,
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
/**
* GtkWidget:scroll-arrow-vlength:
*
* The "scroll-arrow-vlength" style property defines the length of
* vertical scroll arrows.
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
g_param_spec_int ("scroll-arrow-vlength",
P_("Vertical Scroll Arrow Length"),
P_("The length of vertical scroll arrows"),
1, G_MAXINT, 16,
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
g_type_class_add_private (klass, sizeof (GtkWidgetPrivate));
gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_type (klass, GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_ACCESSIBLE);
}
static void
gtk_widget_base_class_finalize (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
{
GList *list, *node;
list = g_param_spec_pool_list_owned (style_property_spec_pool, G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass));
for (node = list; node; node = node->next)
{
GParamSpec *pspec = node->data;
g_param_spec_pool_remove (style_property_spec_pool, pspec);
g_param_spec_unref (pspec);
}
g_list_free (list);
}
static void
gtk_widget_set_property (GObject *object,
guint prop_id,
const GValue *value,
GParamSpec *pspec)
{
GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
switch (prop_id)
{
gboolean tmp;
gchar *tooltip_markup;
const gchar *tooltip_text;
GtkWindow *tooltip_window;
case PROP_NAME:
gtk_widget_set_name (widget, g_value_get_string (value));
break;
case PROP_PARENT:
gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (g_value_get_object (value)), widget);
break;
case PROP_WIDTH_REQUEST:
gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, g_value_get_int (value), -2, 0);
break;
case PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST:
gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, -2, g_value_get_int (value), 0);
break;
case PROP_VISIBLE:
gtk_widget_set_visible (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
break;
case PROP_SENSITIVE:
gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
break;
case PROP_APP_PAINTABLE:
gtk_widget_set_app_paintable (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
break;
case PROP_CAN_FOCUS:
gtk_widget_set_can_focus (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
break;
case PROP_HAS_FOCUS:
if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
break;
case PROP_IS_FOCUS:
if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
break;
case PROP_CAN_DEFAULT:
gtk_widget_set_can_default (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
break;
case PROP_HAS_DEFAULT:
if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
gtk_widget_grab_default (widget);
break;
case PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT:
gtk_widget_set_receives_default (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
break;
case PROP_STYLE:
gtk_widget_set_style (widget, g_value_get_object (value));
break;
case PROP_EVENTS:
if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget) && gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
gtk_widget_set_events (widget, g_value_get_flags (value));
break;
case PROP_NO_SHOW_ALL:
gtk_widget_set_no_show_all (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
break;
case PROP_HAS_TOOLTIP:
gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget,
g_value_get_boolean (value), FALSE);
break;
case PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP:
tooltip_window = g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_tooltip_window);
tooltip_markup = g_value_dup_string (value);
/* Treat an empty string as a NULL string,
* because an empty string would be useless for a tooltip:
*/
if (tooltip_markup && (strlen (tooltip_markup) == 0))
{
g_free (tooltip_markup);
tooltip_markup = NULL;
}
g_object_set_qdata_full (object, quark_tooltip_markup,
tooltip_markup, g_free);
tmp = (tooltip_window != NULL || tooltip_markup != NULL);
gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget, tmp, FALSE);
if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (widget);
break;
case PROP_TOOLTIP_TEXT:
tooltip_window = g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_tooltip_window);
tooltip_text = g_value_get_string (value);
/* Treat an empty string as a NULL string,
* because an empty string would be useless for a tooltip:
*/
if (tooltip_text && (strlen (tooltip_text) == 0))
tooltip_text = NULL;
tooltip_markup = tooltip_text ? g_markup_escape_text (tooltip_text, -1) : NULL;
g_object_set_qdata_full (object, quark_tooltip_markup,
tooltip_markup, g_free);
tmp = (tooltip_window != NULL || tooltip_markup != NULL);
gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget, tmp, FALSE);
if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (widget);
break;
case PROP_DOUBLE_BUFFERED:
gtk_widget_set_double_buffered (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
break;
case PROP_HALIGN:
gtk_widget_set_halign (widget, g_value_get_enum (value));
break;
case PROP_VALIGN:
gtk_widget_set_valign (widget, g_value_get_enum (value));
break;
case PROP_MARGIN_LEFT:
gtk_widget_set_margin_left (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
break;
case PROP_MARGIN_RIGHT:
gtk_widget_set_margin_right (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
break;
case PROP_MARGIN_TOP:
gtk_widget_set_margin_top (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
break;
case PROP_MARGIN_BOTTOM:
gtk_widget_set_margin_bottom (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
break;
case PROP_MARGIN:
g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
gtk_widget_set_margin_left (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
gtk_widget_set_margin_right (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
gtk_widget_set_margin_top (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
gtk_widget_set_margin_bottom (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
break;
case PROP_HEXPAND:
gtk_widget_set_hexpand (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
break;
case PROP_HEXPAND_SET:
gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
break;
case PROP_VEXPAND:
gtk_widget_set_vexpand (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
break;
case PROP_VEXPAND_SET:
gtk_widget_set_vexpand_set (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
break;
case PROP_EXPAND:
g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
gtk_widget_set_hexpand (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
gtk_widget_set_vexpand (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
break;
default:
G_OBJECT_WARN_INVALID_PROPERTY_ID (object, prop_id, pspec);
break;
}
}
static void
gtk_widget_get_property (GObject *object,
guint prop_id,
GValue *value,
GParamSpec *pspec)
{
GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
switch (prop_id)
{
gpointer *eventp;
case PROP_NAME:
if (priv->name)
g_value_set_string (value, priv->name);
else
g_value_set_static_string (value, "");
break;
case PROP_PARENT:
g_value_set_object (value, priv->parent);
break;
case PROP_WIDTH_REQUEST:
{
int w;
gtk_widget_get_size_request (widget, &w, NULL);
g_value_set_int (value, w);
}
break;
case PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST:
{
int h;
gtk_widget_get_size_request (widget, NULL, &h);
g_value_set_int (value, h);
}
break;
case PROP_VISIBLE:
g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) != FALSE));
break;
case PROP_SENSITIVE:
g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_get_sensitive (widget) != FALSE));
break;
case PROP_APP_PAINTABLE:
g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_get_app_paintable (widget) != FALSE));
break;
case PROP_CAN_FOCUS:
g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_get_can_focus (widget) != FALSE));
break;
case PROP_HAS_FOCUS:
g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_has_focus (widget) != FALSE));
break;
case PROP_IS_FOCUS:
g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_is_focus (widget)));
break;
case PROP_CAN_DEFAULT:
g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_get_can_default (widget) != FALSE));
break;
case PROP_HAS_DEFAULT:
g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_has_default (widget) != FALSE));
break;
case PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT:
g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_get_receives_default (widget) != FALSE));
break;
case PROP_COMPOSITE_CHILD:
g_value_set_boolean (value, widget->priv->composite_child);
break;
case PROP_STYLE:
g_value_set_object (value, gtk_widget_get_style (widget));
break;
case PROP_EVENTS:
eventp = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask);
g_value_set_flags (value, GPOINTER_TO_INT (eventp));
break;
case PROP_NO_SHOW_ALL:
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_no_show_all (widget));
break;
case PROP_HAS_TOOLTIP:
g_value_set_boolean (value, GPOINTER_TO_UINT (g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_has_tooltip)));
break;
case PROP_TOOLTIP_TEXT:
{
gchar *escaped = g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_tooltip_markup);
gchar *text = NULL;
if (escaped && !pango_parse_markup (escaped, -1, 0, NULL, &text, NULL, NULL))
g_assert (NULL == text); /* text should still be NULL in case of markup errors */
g_value_take_string (value, text);
}
break;
case PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP:
g_value_set_string (value, g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_tooltip_markup));
break;
case PROP_WINDOW:
g_value_set_object (value, gtk_widget_get_window (widget));
break;
case PROP_DOUBLE_BUFFERED:
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_double_buffered (widget));
break;
case PROP_HALIGN:
g_value_set_enum (value, gtk_widget_get_halign (widget));
break;
case PROP_VALIGN:
g_value_set_enum (value, gtk_widget_get_valign (widget));
break;
case PROP_MARGIN_LEFT:
g_value_set_int (value, gtk_widget_get_margin_left (widget));
break;
case PROP_MARGIN_RIGHT:
g_value_set_int (value, gtk_widget_get_margin_right (widget));
break;
case PROP_MARGIN_TOP:
g_value_set_int (value, gtk_widget_get_margin_top (widget));
break;
case PROP_MARGIN_BOTTOM:
g_value_set_int (value, gtk_widget_get_margin_bottom (widget));
break;
case PROP_MARGIN:
{
GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info = gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, FALSE);
if (aux_info == NULL)
{
g_value_set_int (value, 0);
}
else
{
g_value_set_int (value, MAX (MAX (aux_info->margin.left,
aux_info->margin.right),
MAX (aux_info->margin.top,
aux_info->margin.bottom)));
}
}
break;
case PROP_HEXPAND:
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_hexpand (widget));
break;
case PROP_HEXPAND_SET:
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set (widget));
break;
case PROP_VEXPAND:
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_vexpand (widget));
break;
case PROP_VEXPAND_SET:
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_vexpand_set (widget));
break;
case PROP_EXPAND:
g_value_set_boolean (value,
gtk_widget_get_hexpand (widget) &&
gtk_widget_get_vexpand (widget));
break;
default:
G_OBJECT_WARN_INVALID_PROPERTY_ID (object, prop_id, pspec);
break;
}
}
static void
gtk_widget_init (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
widget->priv = G_TYPE_INSTANCE_GET_PRIVATE (widget,
GTK_TYPE_WIDGET,
GtkWidgetPrivate);
priv = widget->priv;
priv->child_visible = TRUE;
priv->name = NULL;
priv->allocation.x = -1;
priv->allocation.y = -1;
priv->allocation.width = 1;
priv->allocation.height = 1;
priv->window = NULL;
priv->parent = NULL;
priv->sensitive = TRUE;
priv->composite_child = composite_child_stack != 0;
priv->double_buffered = TRUE;
priv->redraw_on_alloc = TRUE;
priv->width_request_needed = TRUE;
priv->height_request_needed = TRUE;
priv->alloc_needed = TRUE;
/* this will be set to TRUE if the widget gets a child or if the
* expand flag is set on the widget, but until one of those happen
* we know the expand is already properly FALSE.
*
* We really want to default FALSE here to avoid computing expand
* all over the place while initially building a widget tree.
*/
priv->need_compute_expand = FALSE;
priv->style = gtk_widget_get_default_style ();
g_object_ref (priv->style);
}
static void
gtk_widget_dispatch_child_properties_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
guint n_pspecs,
GParamSpec **pspecs)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
GtkWidget *container = priv->parent;
guint i;
for (i = 0; widget->priv->parent == container && i < n_pspecs; i++)
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[CHILD_NOTIFY], g_quark_from_string (pspecs[i]->name), pspecs[i]);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_freeze_child_notify:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Stops emission of #GtkWidget::child-notify signals on @widget. The
* signals are queued until gtk_widget_thaw_child_notify() is called
* on @widget.
*
* This is the analogue of g_object_freeze_notify() for child properties.
**/
void
gtk_widget_freeze_child_notify (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (!G_OBJECT (widget)->ref_count)
return;
g_object_ref (widget);
g_object_notify_queue_freeze (G_OBJECT (widget), _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context);
g_object_unref (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_child_notify:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @child_property: the name of a child property installed on the
* class of @widget<!-- -->'s parent
*
* Emits a #GtkWidget::child-notify signal for the
* <link linkend="child-properties">child property</link> @child_property
* on @widget.
*
* This is the analogue of g_object_notify() for child properties.
*
* Also see gtk_container_child_notify().
*/
void
gtk_widget_child_notify (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *child_property)
{
if (widget->priv->parent == NULL)
return;
gtk_container_child_notify (GTK_CONTAINER (widget->priv->parent), widget, child_property);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_thaw_child_notify:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Reverts the effect of a previous call to gtk_widget_freeze_child_notify().
* This causes all queued #GtkWidget::child-notify signals on @widget to be
* emitted.
*/
void
gtk_widget_thaw_child_notify (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GObjectNotifyQueue *nqueue;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (!G_OBJECT (widget)->ref_count)
return;
g_object_ref (widget);
nqueue = g_object_notify_queue_from_object (G_OBJECT (widget), _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context);
if (!nqueue || !nqueue->freeze_count)
g_warning (G_STRLOC ": child-property-changed notification for %s(%p) is not frozen",
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
else
g_object_notify_queue_thaw (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue);
g_object_unref (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_new:
* @type: type ID of the widget to create
* @first_property_name: name of first property to set
* @...: value of first property, followed by more properties,
* %NULL-terminated
*
* This is a convenience function for creating a widget and setting
* its properties in one go. For example you might write:
* <literal>gtk_widget_new (GTK_TYPE_LABEL, "label", "Hello World", "xalign",
* 0.0, NULL)</literal> to create a left-aligned label. Equivalent to
* g_object_new(), but returns a widget so you don't have to
* cast the object yourself.
*
* Return value: a new #GtkWidget of type @widget_type
**/
GtkWidget*
gtk_widget_new (GType type,
const gchar *first_property_name,
...)
{
GtkWidget *widget;
va_list var_args;
g_return_val_if_fail (g_type_is_a (type, GTK_TYPE_WIDGET), NULL);
va_start (var_args, first_property_name);
widget = (GtkWidget *)g_object_new_valist (type, first_property_name, var_args);
va_end (var_args);
return widget;
}
static inline void
gtk_widget_queue_draw_child (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
GtkWidget *parent;
parent = priv->parent;
if (parent && gtk_widget_is_drawable (parent))
gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (parent,
priv->allocation.x,
priv->allocation.y,
priv->allocation.width,
priv->allocation.height);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_unparent:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* This function is only for use in widget implementations.
* Should be called by implementations of the remove method
* on #GtkContainer, to dissociate a child from the container.
**/
void
gtk_widget_unparent (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
GObjectNotifyQueue *nqueue;
GtkWidget *toplevel;
GtkWidget *old_parent;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
priv = widget->priv;
if (priv->parent == NULL)
return;
/* keep this function in sync with gtk_menu_detach() */
gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
nqueue = g_object_notify_queue_freeze (G_OBJECT (widget), _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context);
toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel))
_gtk_window_unset_focus_and_default (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), widget);
if (gtk_container_get_focus_child (GTK_CONTAINER (priv->parent)) == widget)
gtk_container_set_focus_child (GTK_CONTAINER (priv->parent), NULL);
gtk_widget_queue_draw_child (widget);
/* Reset the width and height here, to force reallocation if we
* get added back to a new parent. This won't work if our new
* allocation is smaller than 1x1 and we actually want a size of 1x1...
* (would 0x0 be OK here?)
*/
priv->allocation.width = 1;
priv->allocation.height = 1;
if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
{
if (priv->in_reparent)
gtk_widget_unmap (widget);
else
gtk_widget_unrealize (widget);
}
/* If we are unanchoring the child, we save around the toplevel
* to emit hierarchy changed
*/
if (priv->parent->priv->anchored)
g_object_ref (toplevel);
else
toplevel = NULL;
/* Removing a widget from a container restores the child visible
* flag to the default state, so it doesn't affect the child
* in the next parent.
*/
priv->child_visible = TRUE;
old_parent = priv->parent;
priv->parent = NULL;
/* parent may no longer expand if the removed
* child was expand=TRUE and could therefore
* be forcing it to.
*/
if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) &&
(priv->need_compute_expand ||
priv->computed_hexpand ||
priv->computed_vexpand))
{
gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (old_parent);
}
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[PARENT_SET], 0, old_parent);
if (toplevel)
{
_gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed (widget, toplevel);
g_object_unref (toplevel);
}
/* Now that the parent pointer is nullified and the hierarchy-changed
* already passed, go ahead and unset the parent window, if we are unparenting
* an embeded GtkWindow the window will become toplevel again and hierarchy-changed
* will fire again for the new subhierarchy.
*/
gtk_widget_set_parent_window (widget, NULL);
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "parent");
g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
if (!priv->parent)
g_object_notify_queue_clear (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue);
g_object_notify_queue_thaw (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue);
gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
g_object_unref (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_destroy:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Destroys a widget.
*
* When a widget is
* destroyed, it will break any references it holds to other objects.
* If the widget is inside a container, the widget will be removed
* from the container. If the widget is a toplevel (derived from
* #GtkWindow), it will be removed from the list of toplevels, and the
* reference GTK+ holds to it will be removed. Removing a
* widget from its container or the list of toplevels results in the
* widget being finalized, unless you've added additional references
* to the widget with g_object_ref().
*
* In most cases, only toplevel widgets (windows) require explicit
* destruction, because when you destroy a toplevel its children will
* be destroyed as well.
**/
void
gtk_widget_destroy (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (!widget->priv->in_destruction)
g_object_run_dispose (G_OBJECT (widget));
}
/**
* gtk_widget_destroyed:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @widget_pointer: (inout) (transfer none): address of a variable that contains @widget
*
* This function sets *@widget_pointer to %NULL if @widget_pointer !=
* %NULL. It's intended to be used as a callback connected to the
* "destroy" signal of a widget. You connect gtk_widget_destroyed()
* as a signal handler, and pass the address of your widget variable
* as user data. Then when the widget is destroyed, the variable will
* be set to %NULL. Useful for example to avoid multiple copies
* of the same dialog.
**/
void
gtk_widget_destroyed (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWidget **widget_pointer)
{
/* Don't make any assumptions about the
* value of widget!
* Even check widget_pointer.
*/
if (widget_pointer)
*widget_pointer = NULL;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_show:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Flags a widget to be displayed. Any widget that isn't shown will
* not appear on the screen. If you want to show all the widgets in a
* container, it's easier to call gtk_widget_show_all() on the
* container, instead of individually showing the widgets.
*
* Remember that you have to show the containers containing a widget,
* in addition to the widget itself, before it will appear onscreen.
*
* When a toplevel container is shown, it is immediately realized and
* mapped; other shown widgets are realized and mapped when their
* toplevel container is realized and mapped.
**/
void
gtk_widget_show (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (!gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
{
g_object_ref (widget);
gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
if (!gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
/* see comment in set_parent() for why this should and can be
* conditional
*/
if (widget->priv->need_compute_expand ||
widget->priv->computed_hexpand ||
widget->priv->computed_vexpand)
{
if (widget->priv->parent != NULL)
gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (widget->priv->parent);
}
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[SHOW], 0);
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "visible");
gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
g_object_unref (widget);
}
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_show (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
if (!gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
{
priv->visible = TRUE;
if (priv->parent &&
gtk_widget_get_mapped (priv->parent) &&
gtk_widget_get_child_visible (widget) &&
!gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
gtk_widget_map (widget);
}
}
static void
gtk_widget_show_map_callback (GtkWidget *widget, GdkEvent *event, gint *flag)
{
*flag = TRUE;
g_signal_handlers_disconnect_by_func (widget,
gtk_widget_show_map_callback,
flag);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_show_now:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Shows a widget. If the widget is an unmapped toplevel widget
* (i.e. a #GtkWindow that has not yet been shown), enter the main
* loop and wait for the window to actually be mapped. Be careful;
* because the main loop is running, anything can happen during
* this function.
**/
void
gtk_widget_show_now (GtkWidget *widget)
{
gint flag = FALSE;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
/* make sure we will get event */
if (!gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget) &&
gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
{
gtk_widget_show (widget);
g_signal_connect (widget, "map-event",
G_CALLBACK (gtk_widget_show_map_callback),
&flag);
while (!flag)
gtk_main_iteration ();
}
else
gtk_widget_show (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_hide:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Reverses the effects of gtk_widget_show(), causing the widget to be
* hidden (invisible to the user).
**/
void
gtk_widget_hide (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
{
GtkWidget *toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
g_object_ref (widget);
gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
if (toplevel != widget && gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel))
_gtk_window_unset_focus_and_default (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), widget);
/* a parent may now be expand=FALSE since we're hidden. */
if (widget->priv->need_compute_expand ||
widget->priv->computed_hexpand ||
widget->priv->computed_vexpand)
{
gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (widget);
}
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[HIDE], 0);
if (!gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "visible");
gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
g_object_unref (widget);
}
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_hide (GtkWidget *widget)
{
if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
{
widget->priv->visible = FALSE;
if (gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
gtk_widget_unmap (widget);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_hide_on_delete:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Utility function; intended to be connected to the #GtkWidget::delete-event
* signal on a #GtkWindow. The function calls gtk_widget_hide() on its
* argument, then returns %TRUE. If connected to ::delete-event, the
* result is that clicking the close button for a window (on the
* window frame, top right corner usually) will hide but not destroy
* the window. By default, GTK+ destroys windows when ::delete-event
* is received.
*
* Return value: %TRUE
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_hide_on_delete (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
gtk_widget_hide (widget);
return TRUE;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_show_all:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Recursively shows a widget, and any child widgets (if the widget is
* a container).
**/
void
gtk_widget_show_all (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetClass *class;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (gtk_widget_get_no_show_all (widget))
return;
class = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget);
if (class->show_all)
class->show_all (widget);
}
static void
_gtk_widget_notify_state_change (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkStateFlags flag,
gboolean target)
{
GtkStateType state;
switch (flag)
{
case GTK_STATE_FLAG_ACTIVE:
state = GTK_STATE_ACTIVE;
break;
case GTK_STATE_FLAG_PRELIGHT:
state = GTK_STATE_PRELIGHT;
break;
case GTK_STATE_FLAG_SELECTED:
state = GTK_STATE_SELECTED;
break;
case GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE:
state = GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE;
break;
case GTK_STATE_FLAG_INCONSISTENT:
state = GTK_STATE_INCONSISTENT;
break;
case GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED:
state = GTK_STATE_FOCUSED;
break;
default:
return;
}
gtk_style_context_notify_state_change (widget->priv->context,
gtk_widget_get_window (widget),
NULL, state, target);
}
/* Initializes state transitions for those states that
* were enabled before mapping and have a looping animation.
*/
static void
_gtk_widget_start_state_transitions (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkStateFlags state, flag;
if (!widget->priv->context)
return;
state = gtk_widget_get_state_flags (widget);
flag = GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED;
while (flag)
{
GtkAnimationDescription *animation_desc;
if ((state & flag) == 0)
{
flag >>= 1;
continue;
}
gtk_style_context_get (widget->priv->context, state,
"transition", &animation_desc,
NULL);
if (animation_desc)
{
if (_gtk_animation_description_get_loop (animation_desc))
_gtk_widget_notify_state_change (widget, flag, TRUE);
_gtk_animation_description_unref (animation_desc);
}
flag >>= 1;
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_map:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* This function is only for use in widget implementations. Causes
* a widget to be mapped if it isn't already.
**/
void
gtk_widget_map (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget));
g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_child_visible (widget));
priv = widget->priv;
if (!gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
{
gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
gtk_widget_realize (widget);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[MAP], 0);
if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
gdk_window_invalidate_rect (priv->window, &priv->allocation, FALSE);
gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
_gtk_widget_start_state_transitions (widget);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_unmap:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* This function is only for use in widget implementations. Causes
* a widget to be unmapped if it's currently mapped.
**/
void
gtk_widget_unmap (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
priv = widget->priv;
if (gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
{
gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
gdk_window_invalidate_rect (priv->window, &priv->allocation, FALSE);
_gtk_tooltip_hide (widget);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[UNMAP], 0);
gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
if (priv->context)
gtk_style_context_cancel_animations (priv->context, NULL);
/* Unset pointer/window info */
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pointer_window, NULL);
}
}
static void
_gtk_widget_enable_device_events (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GHashTable *device_events;
GHashTableIter iter;
gpointer key, value;
device_events = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_device_event_mask);
if (!device_events)
return;
g_hash_table_iter_init (&iter, device_events);
while (g_hash_table_iter_next (&iter, &key, &value))
{
GdkDevice *device;
GdkEventMask event_mask;
device = key;
event_mask = GPOINTER_TO_UINT (value);
gtk_widget_add_events_internal (widget, device, event_mask);
}
}
static GList *
get_widget_windows (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GList *window_list, *last, *l, *children, *ret;
if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
window_list = g_list_prepend (NULL, gtk_widget_get_window (widget));
else
window_list = gdk_window_peek_children (gtk_widget_get_window (widget));
last = g_list_last (window_list);
ret = NULL;
for (l = window_list; l; l = l->next)
{
GtkWidget *window_widget = NULL;
gdk_window_get_user_data (l->data, (gpointer *) &window_widget);
if (widget != window_widget)
continue;
ret = g_list_prepend (ret, l->data);
children = gdk_window_peek_children (GDK_WINDOW (l->data));
if (children)
{
last = g_list_concat (last, children);
last = g_list_last (last);
}
}
g_list_free (window_list);
return ret;
}
static void
device_enable_foreach (GtkWidget *widget,
gpointer user_data)
{
GdkDevice *device = user_data;
gtk_widget_set_device_enabled_internal (widget, device, TRUE, TRUE);
}
static void
device_disable_foreach (GtkWidget *widget,
gpointer user_data)
{
GdkDevice *device = user_data;
gtk_widget_set_device_enabled_internal (widget, device, TRUE, FALSE);
}
static void
gtk_widget_set_device_enabled_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkDevice *device,
gboolean recurse,
gboolean enabled)
{
GList *window_list, *l;
window_list = get_widget_windows (widget);
for (l = window_list; l; l = l->next)
{
GdkEventMask events = 0;
GdkWindow *window;
window = l->data;
if (enabled)
events = gdk_window_get_events (window);
gdk_window_set_device_events (window, device, events);
}
if (recurse && GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
{
if (enabled)
gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), device_enable_foreach, device);
else
gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), device_disable_foreach, device);
}
g_list_free (window_list);
}
static void
gtk_widget_update_devices_mask (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean recurse)
{
GList *enabled_devices, *l;
enabled_devices = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_enabled_devices);
for (l = enabled_devices; l; l = l->next)
gtk_widget_set_device_enabled_internal (widget, GDK_DEVICE (l->data), recurse, TRUE);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_realize:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Creates the GDK (windowing system) resources associated with a
* widget. For example, @widget->window will be created when a widget
* is realized. Normally realization happens implicitly; if you show
* a widget and all its parent containers, then the widget will be
* realized and mapped automatically.
*
* Realizing a widget requires all
* the widget's parent widgets to be realized; calling
* gtk_widget_realize() realizes the widget's parents in addition to
* @widget itself. If a widget is not yet inside a toplevel window
* when you realize it, bad things will happen.
*
* This function is primarily used in widget implementations, and
* isn't very useful otherwise. Many times when you think you might
* need it, a better approach is to connect to a signal that will be
* called after the widget is realized automatically, such as
* #GtkWidget::draw. Or simply g_signal_connect () to the
* #GtkWidget::realize signal.
**/
void
gtk_widget_realize (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
cairo_region_t *region;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (widget->priv->anchored ||
GTK_IS_INVISIBLE (widget));
priv = widget->priv;
if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
{
gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
/*
if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget) && gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
g_message ("gtk_widget_realize(%s)", G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget));
*/
if (priv->parent == NULL &&
!gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
g_warning ("Calling gtk_widget_realize() on a widget that isn't "
"inside a toplevel window is not going to work very well. "
"Widgets must be inside a toplevel container before realizing them.");
if (priv->parent && !gtk_widget_get_realized (priv->parent))
gtk_widget_realize (priv->parent);
gtk_widget_ensure_style (widget);
if (priv->style_update_pending)
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[STYLE_UPDATED], 0);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[REALIZE], 0);
gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget,
GPOINTER_TO_UINT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_has_tooltip)),
TRUE);
if (priv->has_shape_mask)
{
region = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_shape_info);
gdk_window_shape_combine_region (priv->window, region, 0, 0);
}
region = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_input_shape_info);
if (region)
gdk_window_input_shape_combine_region (priv->window, region, 0, 0);
if (priv->multidevice)
gdk_window_set_support_multidevice (priv->window, TRUE);
_gtk_widget_enable_device_events (widget);
gtk_widget_update_devices_mask (widget, TRUE);
gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_unrealize:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* This function is only useful in widget implementations.
* Causes a widget to be unrealized (frees all GDK resources
* associated with the widget, such as @widget->window).
**/
void
gtk_widget_unrealize (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
if (widget->priv->has_shape_mask)
gtk_widget_shape_combine_region (widget, NULL);
if (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_input_shape_info))
gtk_widget_input_shape_combine_region (widget, NULL);
if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
{
g_object_ref (widget);
if (widget->priv->mapped)
gtk_widget_unmap (widget);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[UNREALIZE], 0);
g_assert (!widget->priv->mapped);
gtk_widget_set_realized (widget, FALSE);
g_object_unref (widget);
}
gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
}
/*****************************************
* Draw queueing.
*****************************************/
/**
* gtk_widget_queue_draw_region:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @region: region to draw
*
* Invalidates the rectangular area of @widget defined by @region by
* calling gdk_window_invalidate_region() on the widget's window and
* all its child windows. Once the main loop becomes idle (after the
* current batch of events has been processed, roughly), the window
* will receive expose events for the union of all regions that have
* been invalidated.
*
* Normally you would only use this function in widget
* implementations. You might also use it to schedule a redraw of a
* #GtkDrawingArea or some portion thereof.
*
* Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_widget_queue_draw_region (GtkWidget *widget,
const cairo_region_t *region)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
GtkWidget *w;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
priv = widget->priv;
if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
return;
/* Just return if the widget or one of its ancestors isn't mapped */
for (w = widget; w != NULL; w = w->priv->parent)
if (!gtk_widget_get_mapped (w))
return;
gdk_window_invalidate_region (priv->window, region, TRUE);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_queue_draw_area:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @x: x coordinate of upper-left corner of rectangle to redraw
* @y: y coordinate of upper-left corner of rectangle to redraw
* @width: width of region to draw
* @height: height of region to draw
*
* Convenience function that calls gtk_widget_queue_draw_region() on
* the region created from the given coordinates.
*
* The region here is specified in widget coordinates.
* Widget coordinates are a bit odd; for historical reasons, they are
* defined as @widget->window coordinates for widgets that are not
* #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets, and are relative to @widget->allocation.x,
* @widget->allocation.y for widgets that are #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets.
*/
void
gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (GtkWidget *widget,
gint x,
gint y,
gint width,
gint height)
{
GdkRectangle rect;
cairo_region_t *region;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
rect.x = x;
rect.y = y;
rect.width = width;
rect.height = height;
region = cairo_region_create_rectangle (&rect);
gtk_widget_queue_draw_region (widget, region);
cairo_region_destroy (region);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_queue_draw:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Equivalent to calling gtk_widget_queue_draw_area() for the
* entire area of a widget.
**/
void
gtk_widget_queue_draw (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GdkRectangle rect;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
gtk_widget_get_allocation (widget, &rect);
if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (widget,
rect.x, rect.y, rect.width, rect.height);
else
gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (widget,
0, 0, rect.width, rect.height);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_queue_resize:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* This function is only for use in widget implementations.
* Flags a widget to have its size renegotiated; should
* be called when a widget for some reason has a new size request.
* For example, when you change the text in a #GtkLabel, #GtkLabel
* queues a resize to ensure there's enough space for the new text.
*
* <note><para>You cannot call gtk_widget_queue_resize() on a widget
* from inside its implementation of the GtkWidgetClass::size_allocate
* virtual method. Calls to gtk_widget_queue_resize() from inside
* GtkWidgetClass::size_allocate will be silently ignored.</para></note>
**/
void
gtk_widget_queue_resize (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
gtk_widget_queue_shallow_draw (widget);
_gtk_size_group_queue_resize (widget, 0);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_queue_resize_no_redraw:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* This function works like gtk_widget_queue_resize(),
* except that the widget is not invalidated.
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_widget_queue_resize_no_redraw (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
_gtk_size_group_queue_resize (widget, 0);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_size_request:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @requisition: (out): a #GtkRequisition to be filled in
*
* This function is typically used when implementing a #GtkContainer
* subclass. Obtains the preferred size of a widget. The container
* uses this information to arrange its child widgets and decide what
* size allocations to give them with gtk_widget_size_allocate().
*
* You can also call this function from an application, with some
* caveats. Most notably, getting a size request requires the widget
* to be associated with a screen, because font information may be
* needed. Multihead-aware applications should keep this in mind.
*
* Also remember that the size request is not necessarily the size
* a widget will actually be allocated.
*
* Deprecated: 3.0: Use gtk_widget_get_preferred_size() instead.
**/
void
gtk_widget_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkRequisition *requisition)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
gtk_widget_get_preferred_size (widget, requisition, NULL);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_child_requisition:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @requisition: (out): a #GtkRequisition to be filled in
*
* This function is only for use in widget implementations. Obtains
* @widget->requisition, unless someone has forced a particular
* geometry on the widget (e.g. with gtk_widget_set_size_request()),
* in which case it returns that geometry instead of the widget's
* requisition.
*
* This function differs from gtk_widget_size_request() in that
* it retrieves the last size request value from @widget->requisition,
* while gtk_widget_size_request() actually calls the "size_request" method
* on @widget to compute the size request and fill in @widget->requisition,
* and only then returns @widget->requisition.
*
* Because this function does not call the "size_request" method, it
* can only be used when you know that @widget->requisition is
* up-to-date, that is, gtk_widget_size_request() has been called
* since the last time a resize was queued. In general, only container
* implementations have this information; applications should use
* gtk_widget_size_request().
*
*
* Deprecated: 3.0: Use gtk_widget_get_preferred_size() instead.
**/
void
gtk_widget_get_child_requisition (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkRequisition *requisition)
{
gtk_widget_get_preferred_size (widget, requisition, NULL);
}
static gboolean
invalidate_predicate (GdkWindow *window,
gpointer data)
{
gpointer user_data;
gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &user_data);
return (user_data == data);
}
/* Invalidate @region in widget->window and all children
* of widget->window owned by widget. @region is in the
* same coordinates as widget->allocation and will be
* modified by this call.
*/
static void
gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (GtkWidget *widget,
cairo_region_t *region)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
return;
if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget) && priv->parent)
{
int x, y;
gdk_window_get_position (priv->window, &x, &y);
cairo_region_translate (region, -x, -y);
}
gdk_window_invalidate_maybe_recurse (priv->window, region,
invalidate_predicate, widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_queue_shallow_draw:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Like gtk_widget_queue_draw(), but only windows owned
* by @widget are invalidated.
**/
static void
gtk_widget_queue_shallow_draw (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GdkRectangle rect;
cairo_region_t *region;
if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
return;
gtk_widget_get_allocation (widget, &rect);
region = cairo_region_create_rectangle (&rect);
gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (widget, region);
cairo_region_destroy (region);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_size_allocate:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @allocation: position and size to be allocated to @widget
*
* This function is only used by #GtkContainer subclasses, to assign a size
* and position to their child widgets.
*
* In this function, the allocation may be adjusted. It will be forced
* to a 1x1 minimum size, and the adjust_size_allocation virtual
* method on the child will be used to adjust the allocation. Standard
* adjustments include removing the widget's margins, and applying the
* widget's #GtkWidget:halign and #GtkWidget:valign properties.
**/
void
gtk_widget_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkAllocation *allocation)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
GdkRectangle real_allocation;
GdkRectangle old_allocation;
GdkRectangle adjusted_allocation;
gboolean alloc_needed;
gboolean size_changed;
gboolean position_changed;
gint natural_width, natural_height, dummy;
gint min_width, min_height;
priv = widget->priv;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
#ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
if (gtk_get_debug_flags () & GTK_DEBUG_GEOMETRY)
{
gint depth;
GtkWidget *parent;
const gchar *name;
depth = 0;
parent = widget;
while (parent)
{
depth++;
parent = gtk_widget_get_parent (parent);
}
name = g_type_name (G_OBJECT_TYPE (G_OBJECT (widget)));
g_print ("gtk_widget_size_allocate: %*s%s %d %d\n",
2 * depth, " ", name,
allocation->width, allocation->height);
}
#endif /* G_ENABLE_DEBUG */
alloc_needed = priv->alloc_needed;
if (!priv->width_request_needed && !priv->height_request_needed)
/* Preserve request/allocate ordering */
priv->alloc_needed = FALSE;
old_allocation = priv->allocation;
real_allocation = *allocation;
adjusted_allocation = real_allocation;
if (gtk_widget_get_request_mode (widget) == GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_HEIGHT_FOR_WIDTH)
{
/* Go ahead and request the height for allocated width, note that the internals
* of get_height_for_width will internally limit the for_size to natural size
* when aligning implicitly.
*/
gtk_widget_get_preferred_width (widget, &min_width, &natural_width);
gtk_widget_get_preferred_height_for_width (widget, real_allocation.width, &min_height, &natural_height);
}
else
{
/* Go ahead and request the width for allocated height, note that the internals
* of get_width_for_height will internally limit the for_size to natural size
* when aligning implicitly.
*/
gtk_widget_get_preferred_height (widget, &min_height, &natural_height);
gtk_widget_get_preferred_width_for_height (widget, real_allocation.height, &min_width, &natural_width);
}
#ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
if (gtk_get_debug_flags () & GTK_DEBUG_GEOMETRY)
{
if ((min_width > real_allocation.width || min_height > real_allocation.height) &&
!GTK_IS_SCROLLABLE (widget))
g_warning ("gtk_widget_size_allocate(): attempt to underallocate %s%s %s %p. "
"Allocation is %dx%d, but minimum required size is %dx%d.",
priv->parent ? G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (priv->parent) : "", priv->parent ? "'s child" : "toplevel",
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget,
real_allocation.width, real_allocation.height,
min_width, min_height);
}
#endif
/* Now that we have the right natural height and width, go ahead and remove any margins from the
* allocated sizes and possibly limit them to the natural sizes */
GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->adjust_size_allocation (widget,
GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL,
&dummy,
&natural_width,
&adjusted_allocation.x,
&adjusted_allocation.width);
GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->adjust_size_allocation (widget,
GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL,
&dummy,
&natural_height,
&adjusted_allocation.y,
&adjusted_allocation.height);
if (adjusted_allocation.x < real_allocation.x ||
adjusted_allocation.y < real_allocation.y ||
(adjusted_allocation.x + adjusted_allocation.width) >
(real_allocation.x + real_allocation.width) ||
(adjusted_allocation.y + adjusted_allocation.height >
real_allocation.y + real_allocation.height))
{
g_warning ("%s %p attempted to adjust its size allocation from %d,%d %dx%d to %d,%d %dx%d. adjust_size_allocation must keep allocation inside original bounds",
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget,
real_allocation.x, real_allocation.y, real_allocation.width, real_allocation.height,
adjusted_allocation.x, adjusted_allocation.y, adjusted_allocation.width, adjusted_allocation.height);
adjusted_allocation = real_allocation; /* veto it */
}
else
{
real_allocation = adjusted_allocation;
}
if (real_allocation.width < 0 || real_allocation.height < 0)
{
g_warning ("gtk_widget_size_allocate(): attempt to allocate widget with width %d and height %d",
real_allocation.width,
real_allocation.height);
}
real_allocation.width = MAX (real_allocation.width, 1);
real_allocation.height = MAX (real_allocation.height, 1);
size_changed = (old_allocation.width != real_allocation.width ||
old_allocation.height != real_allocation.height);
position_changed = (old_allocation.x != real_allocation.x ||
old_allocation.y != real_allocation.y);
if (!alloc_needed && !size_changed && !position_changed)
goto out;
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[SIZE_ALLOCATE], 0, &real_allocation);
/* Size allocation is god... after consulting god, no further requests or allocations are needed */
priv->width_request_needed = FALSE;
priv->height_request_needed = FALSE;
priv->alloc_needed = FALSE;
if (gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
{
if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget) && priv->redraw_on_alloc && position_changed)
{
/* Invalidate union(old_allaction,priv->allocation) in priv->window
*/
cairo_region_t *invalidate = cairo_region_create_rectangle (&priv->allocation);
cairo_region_union_rectangle (invalidate, &old_allocation);
gdk_window_invalidate_region (priv->window, invalidate, FALSE);
cairo_region_destroy (invalidate);
}
if (size_changed)
{
if (priv->redraw_on_alloc)
{
/* Invalidate union(old_allaction,priv->allocation) in priv->window and descendents owned by widget
*/
cairo_region_t *invalidate = cairo_region_create_rectangle (&priv->allocation);
cairo_region_union_rectangle (invalidate, &old_allocation);
gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (widget, invalidate);
cairo_region_destroy (invalidate);
}
}
if (size_changed || position_changed)
{
GtkStyleContext *context;
context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
_gtk_style_context_invalidate_animation_areas (context);
}
}
if ((size_changed || position_changed) && priv->parent &&
gtk_widget_get_realized (priv->parent) && _gtk_container_get_reallocate_redraws (GTK_CONTAINER (priv->parent)))
{
cairo_region_t *invalidate = cairo_region_create_rectangle (&priv->parent->priv->allocation);
gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (priv->parent, invalidate);
cairo_region_destroy (invalidate);
}
out:
gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_common_ancestor:
* @widget_a: a #GtkWidget
* @widget_b: a #GtkWidget
*
* Find the common ancestor of @widget_a and @widget_b that
* is closest to the two widgets.
*
* Return value: the closest common ancestor of @widget_a and
* @widget_b or %NULL if @widget_a and @widget_b do not
* share a common ancestor.
**/
static GtkWidget *
gtk_widget_common_ancestor (GtkWidget *widget_a,
GtkWidget *widget_b)
{
GtkWidget *parent_a;
GtkWidget *parent_b;
gint depth_a = 0;
gint depth_b = 0;
parent_a = widget_a;
while (parent_a->priv->parent)
{
parent_a = parent_a->priv->parent;
depth_a++;
}
parent_b = widget_b;
while (parent_b->priv->parent)
{
parent_b = parent_b->priv->parent;
depth_b++;
}
if (parent_a != parent_b)
return NULL;
while (depth_a > depth_b)
{
widget_a = widget_a->priv->parent;
depth_a--;
}
while (depth_b > depth_a)
{
widget_b = widget_b->priv->parent;
depth_b--;
}
while (widget_a != widget_b)
{
widget_a = widget_a->priv->parent;
widget_b = widget_b->priv->parent;
}
return widget_a;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_translate_coordinates:
* @src_widget: a #GtkWidget
* @dest_widget: a #GtkWidget
* @src_x: X position relative to @src_widget
* @src_y: Y position relative to @src_widget
* @dest_x: (out): location to store X position relative to @dest_widget
* @dest_y: (out): location to store Y position relative to @dest_widget
*
* Translate coordinates relative to @src_widget's allocation to coordinates
* relative to @dest_widget's allocations. In order to perform this
* operation, both widgets must be realized, and must share a common
* toplevel.
*
* Return value: %FALSE if either widget was not realized, or there
* was no common ancestor. In this case, nothing is stored in
* *@dest_x and *@dest_y. Otherwise %TRUE.
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_translate_coordinates (GtkWidget *src_widget,
GtkWidget *dest_widget,
gint src_x,
gint src_y,
gint *dest_x,
gint *dest_y)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *src_priv = src_widget->priv;
GtkWidgetPrivate *dest_priv = dest_widget->priv;
GtkWidget *ancestor;
GdkWindow *window;
GList *dest_list = NULL;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (src_widget), FALSE);
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (dest_widget), FALSE);
ancestor = gtk_widget_common_ancestor (src_widget, dest_widget);
if (!ancestor || !gtk_widget_get_realized (src_widget) || !gtk_widget_get_realized (dest_widget))
return FALSE;
/* Translate from allocation relative to window relative */
if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (src_widget) && src_priv->parent)
{
gint wx, wy;
gdk_window_get_position (src_priv->window, &wx, &wy);
src_x -= wx - src_priv->allocation.x;
src_y -= wy - src_priv->allocation.y;
}
else
{
src_x += src_priv->allocation.x;
src_y += src_priv->allocation.y;
}
/* Translate to the common ancestor */
window = src_priv->window;
while (window != ancestor->priv->window)
{
gdouble dx, dy;
gdk_window_coords_to_parent (window, src_x, src_y, &dx, &dy);
src_x = dx;
src_y = dy;
window = gdk_window_get_effective_parent (window);
if (!window) /* Handle GtkHandleBox */
return FALSE;
}
/* And back */
window = dest_priv->window;
while (window != ancestor->priv->window)
{
dest_list = g_list_prepend (dest_list, window);
window = gdk_window_get_effective_parent (window);
if (!window) /* Handle GtkHandleBox */
{
g_list_free (dest_list);
return FALSE;
}
}
while (dest_list)
{
gdouble dx, dy;
gdk_window_coords_from_parent (dest_list->data, src_x, src_y, &dx, &dy);
src_x = dx;
src_y = dy;
dest_list = g_list_remove (dest_list, dest_list->data);
}
/* Translate from window relative to allocation relative */
if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (dest_widget) && dest_priv->parent)
{
gint wx, wy;
gdk_window_get_position (dest_priv->window, &wx, &wy);
src_x += wx - dest_priv->allocation.x;
src_y += wy - dest_priv->allocation.y;
}
else
{
src_x -= dest_priv->allocation.x;
src_y -= dest_priv->allocation.y;
}
if (dest_x)
*dest_x = src_x;
if (dest_y)
*dest_y = src_y;
return TRUE;
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkAllocation *allocation)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
priv->allocation = *allocation;
if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget) &&
gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
{
gdk_window_move_resize (priv->window,
allocation->x, allocation->y,
allocation->width, allocation->height);
}
}
/* translate initial/final into start/end */
static GtkAlign
effective_align (GtkAlign align,
GtkTextDirection direction)
{
switch (align)
{
case GTK_ALIGN_START:
return direction == GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL ? GTK_ALIGN_END : GTK_ALIGN_START;
case GTK_ALIGN_END:
return direction == GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL ? GTK_ALIGN_START : GTK_ALIGN_END;
default:
return align;
}
}
static void
adjust_for_align (GtkAlign align,
gint *natural_size,
gint *allocated_pos,
gint *allocated_size)
{
switch (align)
{
case GTK_ALIGN_FILL:
/* change nothing */
break;
case GTK_ALIGN_START:
/* keep *allocated_pos where it is */
*allocated_size = MIN (*allocated_size, *natural_size);
break;
case GTK_ALIGN_END:
if (*allocated_size > *natural_size)
{
*allocated_pos += (*allocated_size - *natural_size);
*allocated_size = *natural_size;
}
break;
case GTK_ALIGN_CENTER:
if (*allocated_size > *natural_size)
{
*allocated_pos += (*allocated_size - *natural_size) / 2;
*allocated_size = MIN (*allocated_size, *natural_size);
}
break;
}
}
static void
adjust_for_margin(gint start_margin,
gint end_margin,
gint *minimum_size,
gint *natural_size,
gint *allocated_pos,
gint *allocated_size)
{
*minimum_size -= (start_margin + end_margin);
*natural_size -= (start_margin + end_margin);
*allocated_pos += start_margin;
*allocated_size -= (start_margin + end_margin);
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_adjust_size_allocation (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkOrientation orientation,
gint *minimum_size,
gint *natural_size,
gint *allocated_pos,
gint *allocated_size)
{
const GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
aux_info = _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget);
if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
{
adjust_for_margin (aux_info->margin.left,
aux_info->margin.right,
minimum_size, natural_size,
allocated_pos, allocated_size);
adjust_for_align (effective_align (aux_info->halign, gtk_widget_get_direction (widget)),
natural_size, allocated_pos, allocated_size);
}
else
{
adjust_for_margin (aux_info->margin.top,
aux_info->margin.bottom,
minimum_size, natural_size,
allocated_pos, allocated_size);
adjust_for_align (effective_align (aux_info->valign, GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE),
natural_size, allocated_pos, allocated_size);
}
}
static gboolean
gtk_widget_real_can_activate_accel (GtkWidget *widget,
guint signal_id)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
/* widgets must be onscreen for accels to take effect */
return gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget) &&
gtk_widget_is_drawable (widget) &&
gdk_window_is_viewable (priv->window);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_can_activate_accel:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @signal_id: the ID of a signal installed on @widget
*
* Determines whether an accelerator that activates the signal
* identified by @signal_id can currently be activated.
* This is done by emitting the #GtkWidget::can-activate-accel
* signal on @widget; if the signal isn't overridden by a
* handler or in a derived widget, then the default check is
* that the widget must be sensitive, and the widget and all
* its ancestors mapped.
*
* Return value: %TRUE if the accelerator can be activated.
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_can_activate_accel (GtkWidget *widget,
guint signal_id)
{
gboolean can_activate = FALSE;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[CAN_ACTIVATE_ACCEL], 0, signal_id, &can_activate);
return can_activate;
}
typedef struct {
GClosure closure;
guint signal_id;
} AccelClosure;
static void
closure_accel_activate (GClosure *closure,
GValue *return_value,
guint n_param_values,
const GValue *param_values,
gpointer invocation_hint,
gpointer marshal_data)
{
AccelClosure *aclosure = (AccelClosure*) closure;
gboolean can_activate = gtk_widget_can_activate_accel (closure->data, aclosure->signal_id);
if (can_activate)
g_signal_emit (closure->data, aclosure->signal_id, 0);
/* whether accelerator was handled */
g_value_set_boolean (return_value, can_activate);
}
static void
closures_destroy (gpointer data)
{
GSList *slist, *closures = data;
for (slist = closures; slist; slist = slist->next)
{
g_closure_invalidate (slist->data);
g_closure_unref (slist->data);
}
g_slist_free (closures);
}
static GClosure*
widget_new_accel_closure (GtkWidget *widget,
guint signal_id)
{
AccelClosure *aclosure;
GClosure *closure = NULL;
GSList *slist, *closures;
closures = g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures);
for (slist = closures; slist; slist = slist->next)
if (!gtk_accel_group_from_accel_closure (slist->data))
{
/* reuse this closure */
closure = slist->data;
break;
}
if (!closure)
{
closure = g_closure_new_object (sizeof (AccelClosure), G_OBJECT (widget));
closures = g_slist_prepend (closures, g_closure_ref (closure));
g_closure_sink (closure);
g_closure_set_marshal (closure, closure_accel_activate);
}
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures, closures, closures_destroy);
aclosure = (AccelClosure*) closure;
g_assert (closure->data == widget);
g_assert (closure->marshal == closure_accel_activate);
aclosure->signal_id = signal_id;
return closure;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_add_accelerator
* @widget: widget to install an accelerator on
* @accel_signal: widget signal to emit on accelerator activation
* @accel_group: accel group for this widget, added to its toplevel
* @accel_key: GDK keyval of the accelerator
* @accel_mods: modifier key combination of the accelerator
* @accel_flags: flag accelerators, e.g. %GTK_ACCEL_VISIBLE
*
* Installs an accelerator for this @widget in @accel_group that causes
* @accel_signal to be emitted if the accelerator is activated.
* The @accel_group needs to be added to the widget's toplevel via
* gtk_window_add_accel_group(), and the signal must be of type %G_RUN_ACTION.
* Accelerators added through this function are not user changeable during
* runtime. If you want to support accelerators that can be changed by the
* user, use gtk_accel_map_add_entry() and gtk_widget_set_accel_path() or
* gtk_menu_item_set_accel_path() instead.
*/
void
gtk_widget_add_accelerator (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *accel_signal,
GtkAccelGroup *accel_group,
guint accel_key,
GdkModifierType accel_mods,
GtkAccelFlags accel_flags)
{
GClosure *closure;
GSignalQuery query;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (accel_signal != NULL);
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_ACCEL_GROUP (accel_group));
g_signal_query (g_signal_lookup (accel_signal, G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget)), &query);
if (!query.signal_id ||
!(query.signal_flags & G_SIGNAL_ACTION) ||
query.return_type != G_TYPE_NONE ||
query.n_params)
{
/* hmm, should be elaborate enough */
g_warning (G_STRLOC ": widget `%s' has no activatable signal \"%s\" without arguments",
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), accel_signal);
return;
}
closure = widget_new_accel_closure (widget, query.signal_id);
g_object_ref (widget);
/* install the accelerator. since we don't map this onto an accel_path,
* the accelerator will automatically be locked.
*/
gtk_accel_group_connect (accel_group,
accel_key,
accel_mods,
accel_flags | GTK_ACCEL_LOCKED,
closure);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED], 0);
g_object_unref (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_remove_accelerator:
* @widget: widget to install an accelerator on
* @accel_group: accel group for this widget
* @accel_key: GDK keyval of the accelerator
* @accel_mods: modifier key combination of the accelerator
*
* Removes an accelerator from @widget, previously installed with
* gtk_widget_add_accelerator().
*
* Returns: whether an accelerator was installed and could be removed
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_remove_accelerator (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkAccelGroup *accel_group,
guint accel_key,
GdkModifierType accel_mods)
{
GtkAccelGroupEntry *ag_entry;
GList *slist, *clist;
guint n;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_ACCEL_GROUP (accel_group), FALSE);
ag_entry = gtk_accel_group_query (accel_group, accel_key, accel_mods, &n);
clist = gtk_widget_list_accel_closures (widget);
for (slist = clist; slist; slist = slist->next)
{
guint i;
for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
if (slist->data == (gpointer) ag_entry[i].closure)
{
gboolean is_removed = gtk_accel_group_disconnect (accel_group, slist->data);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED], 0);
g_list_free (clist);
return is_removed;
}
}
g_list_free (clist);
g_warning (G_STRLOC ": no accelerator (%u,%u) installed in accel group (%p) for %s (%p)",
accel_key, accel_mods, accel_group,
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
return FALSE;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_list_accel_closures:
* @widget: widget to list accelerator closures for
*
* Lists the closures used by @widget for accelerator group connections
* with gtk_accel_group_connect_by_path() or gtk_accel_group_connect().
* The closures can be used to monitor accelerator changes on @widget,
* by connecting to the @GtkAccelGroup::accel-changed signal of the
* #GtkAccelGroup of a closure which can be found out with
* gtk_accel_group_from_accel_closure().
*
* Return value: (transfer container) (element-type GClosure):
* a newly allocated #GList of closures
*/
GList*
gtk_widget_list_accel_closures (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GSList *slist;
GList *clist = NULL;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
for (slist = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures); slist; slist = slist->next)
if (gtk_accel_group_from_accel_closure (slist->data))
clist = g_list_prepend (clist, slist->data);
return clist;
}
typedef struct {
GQuark path_quark;
GtkAccelGroup *accel_group;
GClosure *closure;
} AccelPath;
static void
destroy_accel_path (gpointer data)
{
AccelPath *apath = data;
gtk_accel_group_disconnect (apath->accel_group, apath->closure);
/* closures_destroy takes care of unrefing the closure */
g_object_unref (apath->accel_group);
g_slice_free (AccelPath, apath);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_accel_path:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @accel_path: (allow-none): path used to look up the accelerator
* @accel_group: (allow-none): a #GtkAccelGroup.
*
* Given an accelerator group, @accel_group, and an accelerator path,
* @accel_path, sets up an accelerator in @accel_group so whenever the
* key binding that is defined for @accel_path is pressed, @widget
* will be activated. This removes any accelerators (for any
* accelerator group) installed by previous calls to
* gtk_widget_set_accel_path(). Associating accelerators with
* paths allows them to be modified by the user and the modifications
* to be saved for future use. (See gtk_accel_map_save().)
*
* This function is a low level function that would most likely
* be used by a menu creation system like #GtkUIManager. If you
* use #GtkUIManager, setting up accelerator paths will be done
* automatically.
*
* Even when you you aren't using #GtkUIManager, if you only want to
* set up accelerators on menu items gtk_menu_item_set_accel_path()
* provides a somewhat more convenient interface.
*
* Note that @accel_path string will be stored in a #GQuark. Therefore, if you
* pass a static string, you can save some memory by interning it first with
* g_intern_static_string().
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_accel_path (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *accel_path,
GtkAccelGroup *accel_group)
{
AccelPath *apath;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal != 0);
if (accel_path)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_ACCEL_GROUP (accel_group));
g_return_if_fail (_gtk_accel_path_is_valid (accel_path));
gtk_accel_map_add_entry (accel_path, 0, 0);
apath = g_slice_new (AccelPath);
apath->accel_group = g_object_ref (accel_group);
apath->path_quark = g_quark_from_string (accel_path);
apath->closure = widget_new_accel_closure (widget, GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal);
}
else
apath = NULL;
/* also removes possible old settings */
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_path, apath, destroy_accel_path);
if (apath)
gtk_accel_group_connect_by_path (apath->accel_group, g_quark_to_string (apath->path_quark), apath->closure);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED], 0);
}
const gchar*
_gtk_widget_get_accel_path (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean *locked)
{
AccelPath *apath;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
apath = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_path);
if (locked)
*locked = apath ? gtk_accel_group_get_is_locked (apath->accel_group) : TRUE;
return apath ? g_quark_to_string (apath->path_quark) : NULL;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_mnemonic_activate:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @group_cycling: %TRUE if there are other widgets with the same mnemonic
*
* Emits the #GtkWidget::mnemonic-activate signal.
*
* The default handler for this signal activates the @widget if
* @group_cycling is %FALSE, and just grabs the focus if @group_cycling
* is %TRUE.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the signal has been handled
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_mnemonic_activate (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean group_cycling)
{
gboolean handled;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
group_cycling = group_cycling != FALSE;
if (!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
handled = TRUE;
else
g_signal_emit (widget,
widget_signals[MNEMONIC_ACTIVATE],
0,
group_cycling,
&handled);
return handled;
}
static gboolean
gtk_widget_real_mnemonic_activate (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean group_cycling)
{
if (!group_cycling && GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal)
gtk_widget_activate (widget);
else if (gtk_widget_get_can_focus (widget))
gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
else
{
g_warning ("widget `%s' isn't suitable for mnemonic activation",
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget));
gtk_widget_error_bell (widget);
}
return TRUE;
}
static const cairo_user_data_key_t event_key;
GdkEventExpose *
_gtk_cairo_get_event (cairo_t *cr)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (cr != NULL, NULL);
return cairo_get_user_data (cr, &event_key);
}
static void
gtk_cairo_set_event (cairo_t *cr,
GdkEventExpose *event)
{
cairo_set_user_data (cr, &event_key, event, NULL);
}
/**
* gtk_cairo_should_draw_window:
* @cr: a cairo context
* @window: the window to check. @window may not be an input-only
* window.
*
* This function is supposed to be called in #GtkWidget::draw
* implementations for widgets that support multiple windows.
* @cr must be untransformed from invoking of the draw function.
* This function will return %TRUE if the contents of the given
* @window are supposed to be drawn and %FALSE otherwise. Note
* that when the drawing was not initiated by the windowing
* system this function will return %TRUE for all windows, so
* you need to draw the bottommost window first. Also, do not
* use "else if" statements to check which window should be drawn.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @window should be drawn
*
* Since: 3.0
**/
gboolean
gtk_cairo_should_draw_window (cairo_t *cr,
GdkWindow *window)
{
GdkEventExpose *event;
g_return_val_if_fail (cr != NULL, FALSE);
g_return_val_if_fail (GDK_IS_WINDOW (window), FALSE);
event = _gtk_cairo_get_event (cr);
return event == NULL ||
event->window == window;
}
static gboolean
gtk_widget_get_clip_draw (GtkWidget *widget)
{
/* labels are not clipped, because clipping them would cause
* mnemonics to not appear on characters that go beyond the
* baseline.
* https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=648570
*/
if (GTK_IS_LABEL (widget))
return FALSE;
return TRUE;
}
/* code shared by gtk_container_propagate_draw() and
* gtk_widget_draw()
*/
void
_gtk_widget_draw_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
cairo_t *cr,
gboolean clip_to_size)
{
GtkStyleContext *context;
if (!gtk_widget_is_drawable (widget))
return;
clip_to_size &= gtk_widget_get_clip_draw (widget);
if (clip_to_size)
{
cairo_rectangle (cr,
0, 0,
widget->priv->allocation.width,
widget->priv->allocation.height);
cairo_clip (cr);
}
if (gdk_cairo_get_clip_rectangle (cr, NULL))
{
gboolean result;
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[DRAW],
0, cr,
&result);
}
context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
_gtk_style_context_coalesce_animation_areas (context, widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_draw:
* @widget: the widget to draw. It must be drawable (see
* gtk_widget_is_drawable()) and a size must have been allocated.
* @cr: a cairo context to draw to
*
* Draws @widget to @cr. The top left corner of the widget will be
* drawn to the currently set origin point of @cr.
*
* You should pass a cairo context as @cr argument that is in an
* original state. Otherwise the resulting drawing is undefined. For
* example changing the operator using cairo_set_operator() or the
* line width using cairo_set_line_width() might have unwanted side
* effects.
* You may however change the context's transform matrix - like with
* cairo_scale(), cairo_translate() or cairo_set_matrix() and clip
* region with cairo_clip() prior to calling this function. Also, it
* is fine to modify the context with cairo_save() and
* cairo_push_group() prior to calling this function.
*
* <note><para>Special purpose widgets may contain special code for
* rendering to the screen and might appear differently on screen
* and when rendered using gtk_widget_draw().</para></note>
*
* Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_widget_draw (GtkWidget *widget,
cairo_t *cr)
{
GdkEventExpose *tmp_event;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (!widget->priv->alloc_needed);
g_return_if_fail (cr != NULL);
cairo_save (cr);
/* We have to reset the event here so that draw functions can call
* gtk_widget_draw() on random other widgets and get the desired
* effect: Drawing all contents, not just the current window.
*/
tmp_event = _gtk_cairo_get_event (cr);
gtk_cairo_set_event (cr, NULL);
_gtk_widget_draw_internal (widget, cr, TRUE);
gtk_cairo_set_event (cr, tmp_event);
cairo_restore (cr);
}
static gboolean
gtk_widget_real_key_press_event (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventKey *event)
{
return gtk_bindings_activate_event (G_OBJECT (widget), event);
}
static gboolean
gtk_widget_real_key_release_event (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventKey *event)
{
return gtk_bindings_activate_event (G_OBJECT (widget), event);
}
static gboolean
gtk_widget_real_focus_in_event (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventFocus *event)
{
gtk_widget_queue_shallow_draw (widget);
return FALSE;
}
static gboolean
gtk_widget_real_focus_out_event (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventFocus *event)
{
gtk_widget_queue_shallow_draw (widget);
return FALSE;
}
#define WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT(widget, event) \
(event->type == GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE || gtk_widget_get_realized(widget))
/**
* gtk_widget_event:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @event: a #GdkEvent
*
* Rarely-used function. This function is used to emit
* the event signals on a widget (those signals should never
* be emitted without using this function to do so).
* If you want to synthesize an event though, don't use this function;
* instead, use gtk_main_do_event() so the event will behave as if
* it were in the event queue. Don't synthesize expose events; instead,
* use gdk_window_invalidate_rect() to invalidate a region of the
* window.
*
* Return value: return from the event signal emission (%TRUE if
* the event was handled)
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_event (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEvent *event)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), TRUE);
g_return_val_if_fail (WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event), TRUE);
if (event->type == GDK_EXPOSE)
{
g_warning ("Events of type GDK_EXPOSE cannot be synthesized. To get "
"the same effect, call gdk_window_invalidate_rect/region(), "
"followed by gdk_window_process_updates().");
return TRUE;
}
return gtk_widget_event_internal (widget, event);
}
/* Returns TRUE if a translation should be done */
gboolean
_gtk_widget_get_translation_to_window (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkWindow *window,
int *x,
int *y)
{
GdkWindow *w, *widget_window;
if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
{
*x = -widget->priv->allocation.x;
*y = -widget->priv->allocation.y;
}
else
{
*x = 0;
*y = 0;
}
widget_window = gtk_widget_get_window (widget);
for (w = window; w && w != widget_window; w = gdk_window_get_parent (w))
{
int wx, wy;
gdk_window_get_position (w, &wx, &wy);
*x += wx;
*y += wy;
}
if (w == NULL)
{
*x = 0;
*y = 0;
return FALSE;
}
return TRUE;
}
/**
* gtk_cairo_transform_to_window:
* @cr: the cairo context to transform
* @widget: the widget the context is currently centered for
* @window: the window to transform the context to
*
* Transforms the given cairo context @cr that from @widget-relative
* coordinates to @window-relative coordinates.
* If the @widget's window is not an ancestor of @window, no
* modification will be applied.
*
* This is the inverse to the transformation GTK applies when
* preparing an expose event to be emitted with the #GtkWidget::draw
* signal. It is intended to help porting multiwindow widgets from
* GTK+ 2 to the rendering architecture of GTK+ 3.
*
* Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_cairo_transform_to_window (cairo_t *cr,
GtkWidget *widget,
GdkWindow *window)
{
int x, y;
g_return_if_fail (cr != NULL);
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_WINDOW (window));
if (_gtk_widget_get_translation_to_window (widget, window, &x, &y))
cairo_translate (cr, x, y);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_send_expose:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @event: a expose #GdkEvent
*
* Very rarely-used function. This function is used to emit
* an expose event on a widget. This function is not normally used
* directly. The only time it is used is when propagating an expose
* event to a child %NO_WINDOW widget, and that is normally done
* using gtk_container_propagate_draw().
*
* If you want to force an area of a window to be redrawn,
* use gdk_window_invalidate_rect() or gdk_window_invalidate_region().
* To cause the redraw to be done immediately, follow that call
* with a call to gdk_window_process_updates().
*
* Return value: return from the event signal emission (%TRUE if
* the event was handled)
**/
gint
gtk_widget_send_expose (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEvent *event)
{
gboolean result = FALSE;
cairo_t *cr;
int x, y;
gboolean do_clip;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), TRUE);
g_return_val_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget), TRUE);
g_return_val_if_fail (event != NULL, TRUE);
g_return_val_if_fail (event->type == GDK_EXPOSE, TRUE);
cr = gdk_cairo_create (event->expose.window);
gtk_cairo_set_event (cr, &event->expose);
gdk_cairo_region (cr, event->expose.region);
cairo_clip (cr);
do_clip = _gtk_widget_get_translation_to_window (widget,
event->expose.window,
&x, &y);
cairo_translate (cr, -x, -y);
_gtk_widget_draw_internal (widget, cr, do_clip);
/* unset here, so if someone keeps a reference to cr we
* don't leak the window. */
gtk_cairo_set_event (cr, NULL);
cairo_destroy (cr);
return result;
}
static gboolean
event_window_is_still_viewable (GdkEvent *event)
{
/* Check that we think the event's window is viewable before
* delivering the event, to prevent suprises. We do this here
* at the last moment, since the event may have been queued
* up behind other events, held over a recursive main loop, etc.
*/
switch (event->type)
{
case GDK_EXPOSE:
case GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY:
case GDK_BUTTON_PRESS:
case GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS:
case GDK_3BUTTON_PRESS:
case GDK_KEY_PRESS:
case GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY:
case GDK_PROXIMITY_IN:
case GDK_SCROLL:
return event->any.window && gdk_window_is_viewable (event->any.window);
#if 0
/* The following events are the second half of paired events;
* we always deliver them to deal with widgets that clean up
* on the second half.
*/
case GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE:
case GDK_KEY_RELEASE:
case GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY:
case GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT:
#endif
default:
/* Remaining events would make sense on an not-viewable window,
* or don't have an associated window.
*/
return TRUE;
}
}
static gint
gtk_widget_event_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEvent *event)
{
gboolean return_val = FALSE;
/* We check only once for is-still-visible; if someone
* hides the window in on of the signals on the widget,
* they are responsible for returning TRUE to terminate
* handling.
*/
if (!event_window_is_still_viewable (event))
return TRUE;
g_object_ref (widget);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[EVENT], 0, event, &return_val);
return_val |= !WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event);
if (!return_val)
{
gint signal_num;
switch (event->type)
{
case GDK_EXPOSE:
case GDK_NOTHING:
signal_num = -1;
break;
case GDK_BUTTON_PRESS:
case GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS:
case GDK_3BUTTON_PRESS:
signal_num = BUTTON_PRESS_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_SCROLL:
signal_num = SCROLL_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE:
signal_num = BUTTON_RELEASE_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY:
signal_num = MOTION_NOTIFY_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_DELETE:
signal_num = DELETE_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_DESTROY:
signal_num = DESTROY_EVENT;
_gtk_tooltip_hide (widget);
break;
case GDK_KEY_PRESS:
signal_num = KEY_PRESS_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_KEY_RELEASE:
signal_num = KEY_RELEASE_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY:
signal_num = ENTER_NOTIFY_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY:
signal_num = LEAVE_NOTIFY_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE:
signal_num = event->focus_change.in ? FOCUS_IN_EVENT : FOCUS_OUT_EVENT;
if (event->focus_change.in)
_gtk_tooltip_focus_in (widget);
else
_gtk_tooltip_focus_out (widget);
break;
case GDK_CONFIGURE:
signal_num = CONFIGURE_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_MAP:
signal_num = MAP_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_UNMAP:
signal_num = UNMAP_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_WINDOW_STATE:
signal_num = WINDOW_STATE_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_PROPERTY_NOTIFY:
signal_num = PROPERTY_NOTIFY_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_SELECTION_CLEAR:
signal_num = SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_SELECTION_REQUEST:
signal_num = SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_SELECTION_NOTIFY:
signal_num = SELECTION_NOTIFY_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_PROXIMITY_IN:
signal_num = PROXIMITY_IN_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT:
signal_num = PROXIMITY_OUT_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_VISIBILITY_NOTIFY:
signal_num = VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_GRAB_BROKEN:
signal_num = GRAB_BROKEN_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_DAMAGE:
signal_num = DAMAGE_EVENT;
break;
default:
g_warning ("gtk_widget_event(): unhandled event type: %d", event->type);
signal_num = -1;
break;
}
if (signal_num != -1)
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[signal_num], 0, event, &return_val);
}
if (WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event))
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[EVENT_AFTER], 0, event);
else
return_val = TRUE;
g_object_unref (widget);
return return_val;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_activate:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget that's activatable
*
* For widgets that can be "activated" (buttons, menu items, etc.)
* this function activates them. Activation is what happens when you
* press Enter on a widget during key navigation. If @widget isn't
* activatable, the function returns %FALSE.
*
* Return value: %TRUE if the widget was activatable
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_activate (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
if (WIDGET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal)
{
/* FIXME: we should eventually check the signals signature here */
g_signal_emit (widget, WIDGET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal, 0);
return TRUE;
}
else
return FALSE;
}
static void
gtk_widget_reparent_subwindows (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkWindow *new_window)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
{
GList *children = gdk_window_get_children (priv->window);
GList *tmp_list;
for (tmp_list = children; tmp_list; tmp_list = tmp_list->next)
{
GdkWindow *window = tmp_list->data;
gpointer child;
gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &child);
while (child && child != widget)
child = ((GtkWidget*) child)->priv->parent;
if (child)
gdk_window_reparent (window, new_window, 0, 0);
}
g_list_free (children);
}
else
{
GdkWindow *parent;
GList *tmp_list, *children;
parent = gdk_window_get_parent (priv->window);
if (parent == NULL)
gdk_window_reparent (priv->window, new_window, 0, 0);
else
{
children = gdk_window_get_children (parent);
for (tmp_list = children; tmp_list; tmp_list = tmp_list->next)
{
GdkWindow *window = tmp_list->data;
gpointer child;
gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &child);
if (child == widget)
gdk_window_reparent (window, new_window, 0, 0);
}
g_list_free (children);
}
}
}
static void
gtk_widget_reparent_fixup_child (GtkWidget *widget,
gpointer client_data)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
g_assert (client_data != NULL);
if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
{
if (priv->window)
g_object_unref (priv->window);
priv->window = (GdkWindow*) client_data;
if (priv->window)
g_object_ref (priv->window);
if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
gtk_widget_reparent_fixup_child,
client_data);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_reparent:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @new_parent: a #GtkContainer to move the widget into
*
* Moves a widget from one #GtkContainer to another, handling reference
* count issues to avoid destroying the widget.
**/
void
gtk_widget_reparent (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWidget *new_parent)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (new_parent));
priv = widget->priv;
g_return_if_fail (priv->parent != NULL);
if (priv->parent != new_parent)
{
/* First try to see if we can get away without unrealizing
* the widget as we reparent it. if so we set a flag so
* that gtk_widget_unparent doesn't unrealize widget
*/
if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget) && gtk_widget_get_realized (new_parent))
priv->in_reparent = TRUE;
g_object_ref (widget);
gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (priv->parent), widget);
gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (new_parent), widget);
g_object_unref (widget);
if (priv->in_reparent)
{
priv->in_reparent = FALSE;
gtk_widget_reparent_subwindows (widget, gtk_widget_get_parent_window (widget));
gtk_widget_reparent_fixup_child (widget,
gtk_widget_get_parent_window (widget));
}
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "parent");
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_intersect:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @area: a rectangle
* @intersection: rectangle to store intersection of @widget and @area
*
* Computes the intersection of a @widget's area and @area, storing
* the intersection in @intersection, and returns %TRUE if there was
* an intersection. @intersection may be %NULL if you're only
* interested in whether there was an intersection.
*
* Return value: %TRUE if there was an intersection
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_intersect (GtkWidget *widget,
const GdkRectangle *area,
GdkRectangle *intersection)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
GdkRectangle *dest;
GdkRectangle tmp;
gint return_val;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
g_return_val_if_fail (area != NULL, FALSE);
priv = widget->priv;
if (intersection)
dest = intersection;
else
dest = &tmp;
return_val = gdk_rectangle_intersect (&priv->allocation, area, dest);
if (return_val && intersection && gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
{
intersection->x -= priv->allocation.x;
intersection->y -= priv->allocation.y;
}
return return_val;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_region_intersect:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @region: a #cairo_region_t, in the same coordinate system as
* @widget->allocation. That is, relative to @widget->window
* for %NO_WINDOW widgets; relative to the parent window
* of @widget->window for widgets with their own window.
*
* Computes the intersection of a @widget's area and @region, returning
* the intersection. The result may be empty, use cairo_region_is_empty() to
* check.
*
* Returns: A newly allocated region holding the intersection of @widget
* and @region. The coordinates of the return value are relative to
* @widget->window for %NO_WINDOW widgets, and relative to the parent
* window of @widget->window for widgets with their own window.
*/
cairo_region_t *
gtk_widget_region_intersect (GtkWidget *widget,
const cairo_region_t *region)
{
GdkRectangle rect;
cairo_region_t *dest;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
g_return_val_if_fail (region != NULL, NULL);
gtk_widget_get_allocation (widget, &rect);
dest = cairo_region_create_rectangle (&rect);
cairo_region_intersect (dest, region);
return dest;
}
/**
* _gtk_widget_grab_notify:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @was_grabbed: whether a grab is now in effect
*
* Emits the #GtkWidget::grab-notify signal on @widget.
*
* Since: 2.6
**/
void
_gtk_widget_grab_notify (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean was_grabbed)
{
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[GRAB_NOTIFY], 0, was_grabbed);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_grab_focus:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Causes @widget to have the keyboard focus for the #GtkWindow it's
* inside. @widget must be a focusable widget, such as a #GtkEntry;
* something like #GtkFrame won't work.
*
* More precisely, it must have the %GTK_CAN_FOCUS flag set. Use
* gtk_widget_set_can_focus() to modify that flag.
*
* The widget also needs to be realized and mapped. This is indicated by the
* related signals. Grabbing the focus immediately after creating the widget
* will likely fail and cause critical warnings.
**/
void
gtk_widget_grab_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
return;
g_object_ref (widget);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[GRAB_FOCUS], 0);
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "has-focus");
g_object_unref (widget);
}
static void
reset_focus_recurse (GtkWidget *widget,
gpointer data)
{
if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
{
GtkContainer *container;
container = GTK_CONTAINER (widget);
gtk_container_set_focus_child (container, NULL);
gtk_container_foreach (container,
reset_focus_recurse,
NULL);
}
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_grab_focus (GtkWidget *focus_widget)
{
if (gtk_widget_get_can_focus (focus_widget))
{
GtkWidget *toplevel;
GtkWidget *widget;
/* clear the current focus setting, break if the current widget
* is the focus widget's parent, since containers above that will
* be set by the next loop.
*/
toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (focus_widget);
if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel) && GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
{
widget = gtk_window_get_focus (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel));
if (widget == focus_widget)
{
/* We call _gtk_window_internal_set_focus() here so that the
* toplevel window can request the focus if necessary.
* This is needed when the toplevel is a GtkPlug
*/
if (!gtk_widget_has_focus (widget))
_gtk_window_internal_set_focus (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), focus_widget);
return;
}
if (widget)
{
while (widget->priv->parent && widget->priv->parent != focus_widget->priv->parent)
{
widget = widget->priv->parent;
gtk_container_set_focus_child (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), NULL);
}
}
}
else if (toplevel != focus_widget)
{
/* gtk_widget_grab_focus() operates on a tree without window...
* actually, this is very questionable behaviour.
*/
gtk_container_foreach (GTK_CONTAINER (toplevel),
reset_focus_recurse,
NULL);
}
/* now propagate the new focus up the widget tree and finally
* set it on the window
*/
widget = focus_widget;
while (widget->priv->parent)
{
gtk_container_set_focus_child (GTK_CONTAINER (widget->priv->parent), widget);
widget = widget->priv->parent;
}
if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (widget))
_gtk_window_internal_set_focus (GTK_WINDOW (widget), focus_widget);
}
}
static gboolean
gtk_widget_real_query_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
gint x,
gint y,
gboolean keyboard_tip,
GtkTooltip *tooltip)
{
gchar *tooltip_markup;
gboolean has_tooltip;
tooltip_markup = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_tooltip_markup);
has_tooltip = GPOINTER_TO_UINT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_has_tooltip));
if (has_tooltip && tooltip_markup)
{
gtk_tooltip_set_markup (tooltip, tooltip_markup);
return TRUE;
}
return FALSE;
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_style_updated (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
gtk_widget_update_pango_context (widget);
if (priv->style != NULL &&
priv->style != gtk_widget_get_default_style ())
{
/* Trigger ::style-set for old
* widgets not listening to this
*/
g_signal_emit (widget,
widget_signals[STYLE_SET],
0,
widget->priv->style);
}
if (widget->priv->context)
{
if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget) &&
gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
gtk_style_context_set_background (widget->priv->context,
widget->priv->window);
}
if (widget->priv->anchored)
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
}
static gboolean
gtk_widget_real_show_help (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWidgetHelpType help_type)
{
if (help_type == GTK_WIDGET_HELP_TOOLTIP)
{
_gtk_tooltip_toggle_keyboard_mode (widget);
return TRUE;
}
else
return FALSE;
}
static gboolean
gtk_widget_real_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkDirectionType direction)
{
if (!gtk_widget_get_can_focus (widget))
return FALSE;
if (!gtk_widget_is_focus (widget))
{
gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
return TRUE;
}
else
return FALSE;
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_move_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkDirectionType direction)
{
GtkWidget *toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
if (widget != toplevel && GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
{
g_signal_emit (toplevel, widget_signals[MOVE_FOCUS], 0,
direction);
}
}
static gboolean
gtk_widget_real_keynav_failed (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkDirectionType direction)
{
gboolean cursor_only;
switch (direction)
{
case GTK_DIR_TAB_FORWARD:
case GTK_DIR_TAB_BACKWARD:
return FALSE;
case GTK_DIR_UP:
case GTK_DIR_DOWN:
case GTK_DIR_LEFT:
case GTK_DIR_RIGHT:
g_object_get (gtk_widget_get_settings (widget),
"gtk-keynav-cursor-only", &cursor_only,
NULL);
if (cursor_only)
return FALSE;
break;
}
gtk_widget_error_bell (widget);
return TRUE;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_can_focus:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @can_focus: whether or not @widget can own the input focus.
*
* Specifies whether @widget can own the input focus. See
* gtk_widget_grab_focus() for actually setting the input focus on a
* widget.
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_can_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean can_focus)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (widget->priv->can_focus != can_focus)
{
widget->priv->can_focus = can_focus;
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "can-focus");
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_can_focus:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines whether @widget can own the input focus. See
* gtk_widget_set_can_focus().
*
* Return value: %TRUE if @widget can own the input focus, %FALSE otherwise
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_can_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->can_focus;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_has_focus:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines if the widget has the global input focus. See
* gtk_widget_is_focus() for the difference between having the global
* input focus, and only having the focus within a toplevel.
*
* Return value: %TRUE if the widget has the global input focus.
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_has_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->has_focus;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_has_visible_focus:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines if the widget should show a visible indication that
* it has the global input focus. This is a convenience function for
* use in ::draw handlers that takes into account whether focus
* indication should currently be shown in the toplevel window of
* @widget. See gtk_window_get_focus_visible() for more information
* about focus indication.
*
* To find out if the widget has the global input focus, use
* gtk_widget_has_focus().
*
* Return value: %TRUE if the widget should display a 'focus rectangle'
*
* Since: 3.2
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_has_visible_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
{
gboolean draw_focus;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
if (widget->priv->has_focus)
{
GtkWidget *toplevel;
toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
draw_focus = gtk_window_get_focus_visible (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel));
else
draw_focus = TRUE;
}
else
draw_focus = FALSE;
return draw_focus;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_is_focus:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines if the widget is the focus widget within its
* toplevel. (This does not mean that the %HAS_FOCUS flag is
* necessarily set; %HAS_FOCUS will only be set if the
* toplevel widget additionally has the global input focus.)
*
* Return value: %TRUE if the widget is the focus widget.
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_is_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidget *toplevel;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
return widget == gtk_window_get_focus (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel));
else
return FALSE;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_can_default:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @can_default: whether or not @widget can be a default widget.
*
* Specifies whether @widget can be a default widget. See
* gtk_widget_grab_default() for details about the meaning of
* "default".
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_can_default (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean can_default)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (widget->priv->can_default != can_default)
{
widget->priv->can_default = can_default;
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "can-default");
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_can_default:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines whether @widget can be a default widget. See
* gtk_widget_set_can_default().
*
* Return value: %TRUE if @widget can be a default widget, %FALSE otherwise
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_can_default (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->can_default;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_has_default:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines whether @widget is the current default widget within its
* toplevel. See gtk_widget_set_can_default().
*
* Return value: %TRUE if @widget is the current default widget within
* its toplevel, %FALSE otherwise
*
* Since: 2.18
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_has_default (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->has_default;
}
void
_gtk_widget_set_has_default (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean has_default)
{
widget->priv->has_default = has_default;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_grab_default:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Causes @widget to become the default widget. @widget must have the
* %GTK_CAN_DEFAULT flag set; typically you have to set this flag
* yourself by calling <literal>gtk_widget_set_can_default (@widget,
* %TRUE)</literal>. The default widget is activated when
* the user presses Enter in a window. Default widgets must be
* activatable, that is, gtk_widget_activate() should affect them. Note
* that #GtkEntry widgets require the "activates-default" property
* set to %TRUE before they activate the default widget when Enter
* is pressed and the #GtkEntry is focused.
**/
void
gtk_widget_grab_default (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidget *window;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_can_default (widget));
window = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
if (window && gtk_widget_is_toplevel (window))
gtk_window_set_default (GTK_WINDOW (window), widget);
else
g_warning (G_STRLOC ": widget not within a GtkWindow");
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_receives_default:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @receives_default: whether or not @widget can be a default widget.
*
* Specifies whether @widget will be treated as the default widget
* within its toplevel when it has the focus, even if another widget
* is the default.
*
* See gtk_widget_grab_default() for details about the meaning of
* "default".
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_receives_default (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean receives_default)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (widget->priv->receives_default != receives_default)
{
widget->priv->receives_default = receives_default;
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "receives-default");
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_receives_default:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines whether @widget is alyways treated as default widget
* withing its toplevel when it has the focus, even if another widget
* is the default.
*
* See gtk_widget_set_receives_default().
*
* Return value: %TRUE if @widget acts as default widget when focussed,
* %FALSE otherwise
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_receives_default (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->receives_default;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_has_grab:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines whether the widget is currently grabbing events, so it
* is the only widget receiving input events (keyboard and mouse).
*
* See also gtk_grab_add().
*
* Return value: %TRUE if the widget is in the grab_widgets stack
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_has_grab (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->has_grab;
}
void
_gtk_widget_set_has_grab (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean has_grab)
{
widget->priv->has_grab = has_grab;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_device_is_shadowed:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @device: a #GdkDevice
*
* Returns %TRUE if @device has been shadowed by a GTK+
* device grab on another widget, so it would stop sending
* events to @widget. This may be used in the
* #GtkWidget::grab-notify signal to check for specific
* devices. See gtk_device_grab_add().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if there is an ongoing grab on @device
* by another #GtkWidget than @widget.
*
* Since: 3.0
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_device_is_shadowed (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkDevice *device)
{
GtkWindowGroup *group;
GtkWidget *grab_widget, *toplevel;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
g_return_val_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device), FALSE);
if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
return TRUE;
toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
group = gtk_window_get_group (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel));
else
group = gtk_window_get_group (NULL);
grab_widget = gtk_window_group_get_current_device_grab (group, device);
/* Widget not inside the hierarchy of grab_widget */
if (grab_widget &&
widget != grab_widget &&
!gtk_widget_is_ancestor (widget, grab_widget))
return TRUE;
grab_widget = gtk_window_group_get_current_grab (group);
if (grab_widget && widget != grab_widget &&
!gtk_widget_is_ancestor (widget, grab_widget))
return TRUE;
return FALSE;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_name:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @name: name for the widget
*
* Widgets can be named, which allows you to refer to them from a
* CSS file. You can apply a style to widgets with a particular name
* in the CSS file. See the documentation for the CSS syntax (on the
* same page as the docs for #GtkStyleContext).
*
* Note that the CSS syntax has certain special characters to delimit
* and represent elements in a selector (period, &num;, &gt;, &ast;...),
* so using these will make your widget impossible to match by name.
* Any combination of alphanumeric symbols, dashes and underscores will
* suffice.
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_name (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *name)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
gchar *new_name;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
priv = widget->priv;
new_name = g_strdup (name);
g_free (priv->name);
priv->name = new_name;
gtk_widget_reset_style (widget);
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "name");
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_name:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Retrieves the name of a widget. See gtk_widget_set_name() for the
* significance of widget names.
*
* Return value: name of the widget. This string is owned by GTK+ and
* should not be modified or freed
**/
const gchar*
gtk_widget_get_name (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
priv = widget->priv;
if (priv->name)
return priv->name;
return G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget);
}
static void
_gtk_widget_update_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkStateFlags flags,
guint operation)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
priv = widget->priv;
/* Handle insensitive first, since it is propagated
* differently throughout the widget hierarchy.
*/
if ((priv->state_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE) && (flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE) && (operation == STATE_CHANGE_UNSET))
gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, TRUE);
else if (!(priv->state_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE) && (flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE) && (operation != STATE_CHANGE_UNSET))
gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, FALSE);
else if ((priv->state_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE) && !(flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE) && (operation == STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE))
gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, TRUE);
if (operation != STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE)
flags &= ~(GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE);
if (flags != 0 ||
operation == STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE)
{
GtkStateData data;
data.flags = flags;
data.operation = operation;
data.use_forall = FALSE;
gtk_widget_propagate_state (widget, &data);
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_state_flags:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @flags: State flags to turn on
* @clear: Whether to clear state before turning on @flags
*
* This function is for use in widget implementations. Turns on flag
* values in the current widget state (insensitive, prelighted, etc.).
*
* It is worth mentioning that any other state than %GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE,
* will be propagated down to all non-internal children if @widget is a
* #GtkContainer, while %GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE itself will be propagated
* down to all #GtkContainer children by different means than turning on the
* state flag down the hierarchy, both gtk_widget_get_state_flags() and
* gtk_widget_is_sensitive() will make use of these.
*
* Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkStateFlags flags,
gboolean clear)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if ((!clear && (widget->priv->state_flags & flags) == flags) ||
(clear && widget->priv->state_flags == flags))
return;
if (clear)
_gtk_widget_update_state_flags (widget, flags, STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE);
else
_gtk_widget_update_state_flags (widget, flags, STATE_CHANGE_SET);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_unset_state_flags:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @flags: State flags to turn off
*
* This function is for use in widget implementations. Turns off flag
* values for the current widget state (insensitive, prelighted, etc.).
* See gtk_widget_set_state_flags().
*
* Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_widget_unset_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkStateFlags flags)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if ((widget->priv->state_flags & flags) == 0)
return;
_gtk_widget_update_state_flags (widget, flags, STATE_CHANGE_UNSET);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_state_flags:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the widget state as a flag set. It is worth mentioning
* that the effective %GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE state will be
* returned, that is, also based on parent insensitivity, even if
* @widget itself is sensitive.
*
* Returns: The state flags for widget
*
* Since: 3.0
**/
GtkStateFlags
gtk_widget_get_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkStateFlags flags;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
flags = widget->priv->state_flags;
if (gtk_widget_has_focus (widget))
flags |= GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED;
return flags;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_state:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @state: new state for @widget
*
* This function is for use in widget implementations. Sets the state
* of a widget (insensitive, prelighted, etc.) Usually you should set
* the state using wrapper functions such as gtk_widget_set_sensitive().
*
* Deprecated: 3.0. Use gtk_widget_set_state_flags() instead.
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_state (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkStateType state)
{
GtkStateFlags flags;
if (state == gtk_widget_get_state (widget))
return;
switch (state)
{
case GTK_STATE_ACTIVE:
flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_ACTIVE;
break;
case GTK_STATE_PRELIGHT:
flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_PRELIGHT;
break;
case GTK_STATE_SELECTED:
flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_SELECTED;
break;
case GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE:
flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE;
break;
case GTK_STATE_INCONSISTENT:
flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_INCONSISTENT;
break;
case GTK_STATE_FOCUSED:
flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED;
break;
case GTK_STATE_NORMAL:
default:
flags = 0;
break;
}
_gtk_widget_update_state_flags (widget, flags, STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_state:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the widget's state. See gtk_widget_set_state().
*
* Returns: the state of @widget.
*
* Since: 2.18
*
* Deprecated: 3.0. Use gtk_widget_get_state_flags() instead.
*/
GtkStateType
gtk_widget_get_state (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkStateFlags flags;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), GTK_STATE_NORMAL);
flags = gtk_widget_get_state_flags (widget);
if (flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE)
return GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE;
else if (flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_ACTIVE)
return GTK_STATE_ACTIVE;
else if (flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_SELECTED)
return GTK_STATE_SELECTED;
else if (flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_PRELIGHT)
return GTK_STATE_PRELIGHT;
else
return GTK_STATE_NORMAL;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_visible:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @visible: whether the widget should be shown or not
*
* Sets the visibility state of @widget. Note that setting this to
* %TRUE doesn't mean the widget is actually viewable, see
* gtk_widget_get_visible().
*
* This function simply calls gtk_widget_show() or gtk_widget_hide()
* but is nicer to use when the visibility of the widget depends on
* some condition.
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_visible (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean visible)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (visible != gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
{
if (visible)
gtk_widget_show (widget);
else
gtk_widget_hide (widget);
}
}
void
_gtk_widget_set_visible_flag (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean visible)
{
widget->priv->visible = visible;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_visible:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines whether the widget is visible. Note that this doesn't
* take into account whether the widget's parent is also visible
* or the widget is obscured in any way.
*
* See gtk_widget_set_visible().
*
* Return value: %TRUE if the widget is visible
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_visible (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->visible;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_has_window:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @has_window: whether or not @widget has a window.
*
* Specifies whether @widget has a #GdkWindow of its own. Note that
* all realized widgets have a non-%NULL "window" pointer
* (gtk_widget_get_window() never returns a %NULL window when a widget
* is realized), but for many of them it's actually the #GdkWindow of
* one of its parent widgets. Widgets that do not create a %window for
* themselves in #GtkWidget::realize must announce this by
* calling this function with @has_window = %FALSE.
*
* This function should only be called by widget implementations,
* and they should call it in their init() function.
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_has_window (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean has_window)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
widget->priv->no_window = !has_window;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_has_window:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines whether @widget has a #GdkWindow of its own. See
* gtk_widget_set_has_window().
*
* Return value: %TRUE if @widget has a window, %FALSE otherwise
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_has_window (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return ! widget->priv->no_window;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_is_toplevel:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines whether @widget is a toplevel widget.
*
* Currently only #GtkWindow and #GtkInvisible (and out-of-process
* #GtkPlugs) are toplevel widgets. Toplevel widgets have no parent
* widget.
*
* Return value: %TRUE if @widget is a toplevel, %FALSE otherwise
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_is_toplevel (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->toplevel;
}
void
_gtk_widget_set_is_toplevel (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean is_toplevel)
{
widget->priv->toplevel = is_toplevel;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_is_drawable:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines whether @widget can be drawn to. A widget can be drawn
* to if it is mapped and visible.
*
* Return value: %TRUE if @widget is drawable, %FALSE otherwise
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_is_drawable (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) &&
gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget));
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_realized:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines whether @widget is realized.
*
* Return value: %TRUE if @widget is realized, %FALSE otherwise
*
* Since: 2.20
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_realized (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->realized;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_realized:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @realized: %TRUE to mark the widget as realized
*
* Marks the widget as being realized.
*
* This function should only ever be called in a derived widget's
* "realize" or "unrealize" implementation.
*
* Since: 2.20
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_realized (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean realized)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
widget->priv->realized = realized;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_mapped:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Whether the widget is mapped.
*
* Return value: %TRUE if the widget is mapped, %FALSE otherwise.
*
* Since: 2.20
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_mapped (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->mapped;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_mapped:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @mapped: %TRUE to mark the widget as mapped
*
* Marks the widget as being realized.
*
* This function should only ever be called in a derived widget's
* "map" or "unmap" implementation.
*
* Since: 2.20
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_mapped (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean mapped)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
widget->priv->mapped = mapped;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_app_paintable:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @app_paintable: %TRUE if the application will paint on the widget
*
* Sets whether the application intends to draw on the widget in
* an #GtkWidget::draw handler.
*
* This is a hint to the widget and does not affect the behavior of
* the GTK+ core; many widgets ignore this flag entirely. For widgets
* that do pay attention to the flag, such as #GtkEventBox and #GtkWindow,
* the effect is to suppress default themed drawing of the widget's
* background. (Children of the widget will still be drawn.) The application
* is then entirely responsible for drawing the widget background.
*
* Note that the background is still drawn when the widget is mapped.
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_app_paintable (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean app_paintable)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
app_paintable = (app_paintable != FALSE);
if (widget->priv->app_paintable != app_paintable)
{
widget->priv->app_paintable = app_paintable;
if (gtk_widget_is_drawable (widget))
gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "app-paintable");
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_app_paintable:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines whether the application intends to draw on the widget in
* an #GtkWidget::draw handler.
*
* See gtk_widget_set_app_paintable()
*
* Return value: %TRUE if the widget is app paintable
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_app_paintable (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->app_paintable;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_double_buffered:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @double_buffered: %TRUE to double-buffer a widget
*
* Widgets are double buffered by default; you can use this function
* to turn off the buffering. "Double buffered" simply means that
* gdk_window_begin_paint_region() and gdk_window_end_paint() are called
* automatically around expose events sent to the
* widget. gdk_window_begin_paint() diverts all drawing to a widget's
* window to an offscreen buffer, and gdk_window_end_paint() draws the
* buffer to the screen. The result is that users see the window
* update in one smooth step, and don't see individual graphics
* primitives being rendered.
*
* In very simple terms, double buffered widgets don't flicker,
* so you would only use this function to turn off double buffering
* if you had special needs and really knew what you were doing.
*
* Note: if you turn off double-buffering, you have to handle
* expose events, since even the clearing to the background color or
* pixmap will not happen automatically (as it is done in
* gdk_window_begin_paint()).
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_double_buffered (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean double_buffered)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
double_buffered = (double_buffered != FALSE);
if (widget->priv->double_buffered != double_buffered)
{
widget->priv->double_buffered = double_buffered;
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "double-buffered");
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_double_buffered:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines whether the widget is double buffered.
*
* See gtk_widget_set_double_buffered()
*
* Return value: %TRUE if the widget is double buffered
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_double_buffered (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->double_buffered;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_redraw_on_allocate:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @redraw_on_allocate: if %TRUE, the entire widget will be redrawn
* when it is allocated to a new size. Otherwise, only the
* new portion of the widget will be redrawn.
*
* Sets whether the entire widget is queued for drawing when its size
* allocation changes. By default, this setting is %TRUE and
* the entire widget is redrawn on every size change. If your widget
* leaves the upper left unchanged when made bigger, turning this
* setting off will improve performance.
* Note that for %NO_WINDOW widgets setting this flag to %FALSE turns
* off all allocation on resizing: the widget will not even redraw if
* its position changes; this is to allow containers that don't draw
* anything to avoid excess invalidations. If you set this flag on a
* %NO_WINDOW widget that <emphasis>does</emphasis> draw on @widget->window,
* you are responsible for invalidating both the old and new allocation
* of the widget when the widget is moved and responsible for invalidating
* regions newly when the widget increases size.
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_redraw_on_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean redraw_on_allocate)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
widget->priv->redraw_on_alloc = redraw_on_allocate;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_sensitive:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @sensitive: %TRUE to make the widget sensitive
*
* Sets the sensitivity of a widget. A widget is sensitive if the user
* can interact with it. Insensitive widgets are "grayed out" and the
* user can't interact with them. Insensitive widgets are known as
* "inactive", "disabled", or "ghosted" in some other toolkits.
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_sensitive (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean sensitive)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
GtkStateData data;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
priv = widget->priv;
sensitive = (sensitive != FALSE);
if (priv->sensitive == sensitive)
return;
data.flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE;
if (sensitive)
{
priv->sensitive = TRUE;
data.operation = STATE_CHANGE_UNSET;
}
else
{
priv->sensitive = FALSE;
data.operation = STATE_CHANGE_SET;
}
data.use_forall = TRUE;
gtk_widget_propagate_state (widget, &data);
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "sensitive");
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_sensitive:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the widget's sensitivity (in the sense of returning
* the value that has been set using gtk_widget_set_sensitive()).
*
* The effective sensitivity of a widget is however determined by both its
* own and its parent widget's sensitivity. See gtk_widget_is_sensitive().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget is sensitive
*
* Since: 2.18
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_sensitive (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->sensitive;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_is_sensitive:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the widget's effective sensitivity, which means
* it is sensitive itself and also its parent widget is sensitive
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget is effectively sensitive
*
* Since: 2.18
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_is_sensitive (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return !(widget->priv->state_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE);
}
static void
_gtk_widget_update_path (GtkWidget *widget)
{
if (widget->priv->path)
{
gtk_widget_path_free (widget->priv->path);
widget->priv->path = NULL;
}
gtk_widget_get_path (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_parent:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @parent: parent container
*
* This function is useful only when implementing subclasses of
* #GtkContainer.
* Sets the container as the parent of @widget, and takes care of
* some details such as updating the state and style of the child
* to reflect its new location. The opposite function is
* gtk_widget_unparent().
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_parent (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWidget *parent)
{
GtkStateFlags parent_flags;
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
GtkStateData data;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (parent));
g_return_if_fail (widget != parent);
priv = widget->priv;
if (priv->parent != NULL)
{
g_warning ("Can't set a parent on widget which has a parent\n");
return;
}
if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
{
g_warning ("Can't set a parent on a toplevel widget\n");
return;
}
/* keep this function in sync with gtk_menu_attach_to_widget()
*/
g_object_ref_sink (widget);
gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
priv->parent = parent;
parent_flags = gtk_widget_get_state_flags (parent);
/* Merge both old state and current parent state,
* making sure to only propagate the right states */
data.flags = parent_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAGS_DO_PROPAGATE;
data.flags |= priv->state_flags;
data.operation = STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE;
data.use_forall = gtk_widget_is_sensitive (parent) != gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget);
gtk_widget_propagate_state (widget, &data);
gtk_widget_reset_style (widget);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[PARENT_SET], 0, NULL);
if (priv->parent->priv->anchored)
_gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed (widget, NULL);
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "parent");
/* Enforce realized/mapped invariants
*/
if (gtk_widget_get_realized (priv->parent))
gtk_widget_realize (widget);
if (gtk_widget_get_visible (priv->parent) &&
gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
{
if (gtk_widget_get_child_visible (widget) &&
gtk_widget_get_mapped (priv->parent))
gtk_widget_map (widget);
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
}
/* child may cause parent's expand to change, if the child is
* expanded. If child is not expanded, then it can't modify the
* parent's expand. If the child becomes expanded later then it will
* queue compute_expand then. This optimization plus defaulting
* newly-constructed widgets to need_compute_expand=FALSE should
* mean that initially building a widget tree doesn't have to keep
* walking up setting need_compute_expand on parents over and over.
*
* We can't change a parent to need to expand unless we're visible.
*/
if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) &&
(priv->need_compute_expand ||
priv->computed_hexpand ||
priv->computed_vexpand))
{
gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (parent);
}
gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_parent:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the parent container of @widget.
*
* Return value: (transfer none): the parent container of @widget, or %NULL
**/
GtkWidget *
gtk_widget_get_parent (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
return widget->priv->parent;
}
/*****************************************
* Widget styles
* see docs/styles.txt
*****************************************/
/**
* gtk_widget_style_attach:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* This function attaches the widget's #GtkStyle to the widget's
* #GdkWindow. It is a replacement for
*
* <programlisting>
* widget->style = gtk_style_attach (widget->style, widget->window);
* </programlisting>
*
* and should only ever be called in a derived widget's "realize"
* implementation which does not chain up to its parent class'
* "realize" implementation, because one of the parent classes
* (finally #GtkWidget) would attach the style itself.
*
* Since: 2.20
*
* Deprecated: 3.0. This step is unnecessary with #GtkStyleContext.
**/
void
gtk_widget_style_attach (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget));
}
/**
* gtk_widget_has_rc_style:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines if the widget style has been looked up through the rc mechanism.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget has been looked up through the rc
* mechanism, %FALSE otherwise.
*
* Since: 2.20
*
* Deprecated:3.0: Use #GtkStyleContext instead
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_has_rc_style (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->rc_style;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_style:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @style: (allow-none): a #GtkStyle, or %NULL to remove the effect
* of a previous call to gtk_widget_set_style() and go back to
* the default style
*
* Used to set the #GtkStyle for a widget (@widget->style). Since
* GTK 3, this function does nothing, the passed in style is ignored.
*
* Deprecated:3.0: Use #GtkStyleContext instead
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_style (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkStyle *style)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
}
/**
* gtk_widget_ensure_style:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Ensures that @widget has a style (@widget->style).
*
* Not a very useful function; most of the time, if you
* want the style, the widget is realized, and realized
* widgets are guaranteed to have a style already.
*
* Deprecated:3.0: Use #GtkStyleContext instead
*/
void
gtk_widget_ensure_style (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
priv = widget->priv;
if (priv->style == gtk_widget_get_default_style ())
{
g_object_unref (priv->style);
priv->style = NULL;
g_signal_emit (widget,
widget_signals[STYLE_SET],
0, NULL);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_style:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Simply an accessor function that returns @widget->style.
*
* Return value: (transfer none): the widget's #GtkStyle
*
* Deprecated:3.0: Use #GtkStyleContext instead
*/
GtkStyle*
gtk_widget_get_style (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
priv = widget->priv;
if (priv->style == NULL)
{
priv->style = g_object_new (GTK_TYPE_STYLE,
"context", gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget),
NULL);
}
return priv->style;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_modify_style:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @style: the #GtkRcStyle holding the style modifications
*
* Modifies style values on the widget.
*
* Modifications made using this technique take precedence over
* style values set via an RC file, however, they will be overridden
* if a style is explicitely set on the widget using gtk_widget_set_style().
* The #GtkRcStyle structure is designed so each field can either be
* set or unset, so it is possible, using this function, to modify some
* style values and leave the others unchanged.
*
* Note that modifications made with this function are not cumulative
* with previous calls to gtk_widget_modify_style() or with such
* functions as gtk_widget_modify_fg(). If you wish to retain
* previous values, you must first call gtk_widget_get_modifier_style(),
* make your modifications to the returned style, then call
* gtk_widget_modify_style() with that style. On the other hand,
* if you first call gtk_widget_modify_style(), subsequent calls
* to such functions gtk_widget_modify_fg() will have a cumulative
* effect with the initial modifications.
*
* Deprecated:3.0: Use #GtkStyleContext with a custom #GtkStyleProvider instead
*/
void
gtk_widget_modify_style (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkRcStyle *style)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_RC_STYLE (style));
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
quark_rc_style,
gtk_rc_style_copy (style),
(GDestroyNotify) g_object_unref);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_modifier_style:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the current modifier style for the widget. (As set by
* gtk_widget_modify_style().) If no style has previously set, a new
* #GtkRcStyle will be created with all values unset, and set as the
* modifier style for the widget. If you make changes to this rc
* style, you must call gtk_widget_modify_style(), passing in the
* returned rc style, to make sure that your changes take effect.
*
* Caution: passing the style back to gtk_widget_modify_style() will
* normally end up destroying it, because gtk_widget_modify_style() copies
* the passed-in style and sets the copy as the new modifier style,
* thus dropping any reference to the old modifier style. Add a reference
* to the modifier style if you want to keep it alive.
*
* Return value: (transfer none): the modifier style for the widget.
* This rc style is owned by the widget. If you want to keep a
* pointer to value this around, you must add a refcount using
* g_object_ref().
*
* Deprecated:3.0: Use #GtkStyleContext with a custom #GtkStyleProvider instead
*/
GtkRcStyle *
gtk_widget_get_modifier_style (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkRcStyle *rc_style;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
rc_style = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_rc_style);
if (!rc_style)
{
rc_style = gtk_rc_style_new ();
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
quark_rc_style,
rc_style,
(GDestroyNotify) g_object_unref);
}
return rc_style;
}
static void
gtk_widget_modify_color_component (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkRcFlags component,
GtkStateType state,
const GdkColor *color)
{
GtkRcStyle *rc_style = gtk_widget_get_modifier_style (widget);
if (color)
{
switch (component)
{
case GTK_RC_FG:
rc_style->fg[state] = *color;
break;
case GTK_RC_BG:
rc_style->bg[state] = *color;
break;
case GTK_RC_TEXT:
rc_style->text[state] = *color;
break;
case GTK_RC_BASE:
rc_style->base[state] = *color;
break;
default:
g_assert_not_reached();
}
rc_style->color_flags[state] |= component;
}
else
rc_style->color_flags[state] &= ~component;
gtk_widget_modify_style (widget, rc_style);
}
static void
modifier_style_changed (GtkModifierStyle *style,
GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkStyleContext *context;
context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
gtk_style_context_invalidate (context);
}
static GtkModifierStyle *
_gtk_widget_get_modifier_properties (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkModifierStyle *style;
style = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_modifier_style);
if (G_UNLIKELY (!style))
{
GtkStyleContext *context;
style = _gtk_modifier_style_new ();
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
quark_modifier_style,
style,
(GDestroyNotify) g_object_unref);
g_signal_connect (style, "changed",
G_CALLBACK (modifier_style_changed), widget);
context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
gtk_style_context_add_provider (context,
GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER (style),
GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_APPLICATION);
}
return style;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_override_color:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @state: the state for which to set the color
* @color: (allow-none): the color to assign, or %NULL to undo the effect
* of previous calls to gtk_widget_override_color()
*
* Sets the color to use for a widget.
*
* All other style values are left untouched.
*
* <note><para>
* This API is mostly meant as a quick way for applications to
* change a widget appearance. If you are developing a widgets
* library and intend this change to be themeable, it is better
* done by setting meaningful CSS classes and regions in your
* widget/container implementation through gtk_style_context_add_class()
* and gtk_style_context_add_region().
* </para><para>
* This way, your widget library can install a #GtkCssProvider
* with the %GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_FALLBACK priority in order
* to provide a default styling for those widgets that need so, and
* this theming may fully overridden by the user's theme.
* </para></note>
* <note><para>
* Note that for complex widgets this may bring in undesired
* results (such as uniform background color everywhere), in
* these cases it is better to fully style such widgets through a
* #GtkCssProvider with the %GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_APPLICATION
* priority.
* </para></note>
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_widget_override_color (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkStateFlags state,
const GdkRGBA *color)
{
GtkModifierStyle *style;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
style = _gtk_widget_get_modifier_properties (widget);
_gtk_modifier_style_set_color (style, state, color);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_override_background_color:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @state: the state for which to set the background color
* @color: (allow-none): the color to assign, or %NULL to undo the effect
* of previous calls to gtk_widget_override_background_color()
*
* Sets the background color to use for a widget.
*
* All other style values are left untouched.
* See gtk_widget_override_color().
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_widget_override_background_color (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkStateFlags state,
const GdkRGBA *color)
{
GtkModifierStyle *style;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
style = _gtk_widget_get_modifier_properties (widget);
_gtk_modifier_style_set_background_color (style, state, color);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_override_font:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @font_desc: (allow-none): the font descriptiong to use, or %NULL to undo
* the effect of previous calls to gtk_widget_override_font()
*
* Sets the font to use for a widget. All other style values are
* left untouched. See gtk_widget_override_color().
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_widget_override_font (GtkWidget *widget,
const PangoFontDescription *font_desc)
{
GtkModifierStyle *style;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
style = _gtk_widget_get_modifier_properties (widget);
_gtk_modifier_style_set_font (style, font_desc);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_override_symbolic_color:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @name: the name of the symbolic color to modify
* @color: (allow-none): the color to assign (does not need
* to be allocated), or %NULL to undo the effect of previous
* calls to gtk_widget_override_symbolic_color()
*
* Sets a symbolic color for a widget.
*
* All other style values are left untouched.
* See gtk_widget_override_color() for overriding the foreground
* or background color.
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_widget_override_symbolic_color (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *name,
const GdkRGBA *color)
{
GtkModifierStyle *style;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
style = _gtk_widget_get_modifier_properties (widget);
_gtk_modifier_style_map_color (style, name, color);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_override_cursor:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @cursor: (allow-none): the color to use for primary cursor (does not need to be
* allocated), or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to
* of gtk_widget_override_cursor().
* @secondary_cursor: (allow-none): the color to use for secondary cursor (does not
* need to be allocated), or %NULL to undo the effect of previous
* calls to of gtk_widget_override_cursor().
*
* Sets the cursor color to use in a widget, overriding the
* #GtkWidget:cursor-color and #GtkWidget:secondary-cursor-color
* style properties. All other style values are left untouched.
* See also gtk_widget_modify_style().
*
* Note that the underlying properties have the #GdkColor type,
* so the alpha value in @primary and @secondary will be ignored.
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_widget_override_cursor (GtkWidget *widget,
const GdkRGBA *cursor,
const GdkRGBA *secondary_cursor)
{
GtkModifierStyle *style;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
style = _gtk_widget_get_modifier_properties (widget);
_gtk_modifier_style_set_color_property (style,
GTK_TYPE_WIDGET,
"cursor-color", cursor);
_gtk_modifier_style_set_color_property (style,
GTK_TYPE_WIDGET,
"secondary-cursor-color",
secondary_cursor);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_modify_fg:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @state: the state for which to set the foreground color
* @color: (allow-none): the color to assign (does not need to be allocated),
* or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to
* of gtk_widget_modify_fg().
*
* Sets the foreground color for a widget in a particular state.
*
* All other style values are left untouched.
* See also gtk_widget_modify_style().
*
* Deprecated:3.0: Use gtk_widget_override_color() instead
*/
void
gtk_widget_modify_fg (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkStateType state,
const GdkColor *color)
{
GtkStateFlags flags;
GdkRGBA rgba;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (state >= GTK_STATE_NORMAL && state <= GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE);
switch (state)
{
case GTK_STATE_ACTIVE:
flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_ACTIVE;
break;
case GTK_STATE_PRELIGHT:
flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_PRELIGHT;
break;
case GTK_STATE_SELECTED:
flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_SELECTED;
break;
case GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE:
flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE;
break;
case GTK_STATE_NORMAL:
default:
flags = 0;
}
if (color)
{
rgba.red = color->red / 65535.;
rgba.green = color->green / 65535.;
rgba.blue = color->blue / 65535.;
rgba.alpha = 1;
gtk_widget_override_color (widget, flags, &rgba);
}
else
gtk_widget_override_color (widget, flags, NULL);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_modify_bg:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @state: the state for which to set the background color
* @color: (allow-none): the color to assign (does not need
* to be allocated), or %NULL to undo the effect of previous
* calls to of gtk_widget_modify_bg().
*
* Sets the background color for a widget in a particular state.
*
* All other style values are left untouched.
* See also gtk_widget_modify_style().
*
* <note><para>
* Note that "no window" widgets (which have the %GTK_NO_WINDOW
* flag set) draw on their parent container's window and thus may
* not draw any background themselves. This is the case for e.g.
* #GtkLabel.
* </para><para>
* To modify the background of such widgets, you have to set the
* background color on their parent; if you want to set the background
* of a rectangular area around a label, try placing the label in
* a #GtkEventBox widget and setting the background color on that.
* </para></note>
*
* Deprecated:3.0: Use gtk_widget_override_background_color() instead
*/
void
gtk_widget_modify_bg (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkStateType state,
const GdkColor *color)
{
GtkStateFlags flags;
GdkRGBA rgba;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (state >= GTK_STATE_NORMAL && state <= GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE);
switch (state)
{
case GTK_STATE_ACTIVE:
flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_ACTIVE;
break;
case GTK_STATE_PRELIGHT:
flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_PRELIGHT;
break;
case GTK_STATE_SELECTED:
flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_SELECTED;
break;
case GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE:
flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE;
break;
case GTK_STATE_NORMAL:
default:
flags = 0;
}
if (color)
{
rgba.red = color->red / 65535.;
rgba.green = color->green / 65535.;
rgba.blue = color->blue / 65535.;
rgba.alpha = 1;
gtk_widget_override_background_color (widget, flags, &rgba);
}
else
gtk_widget_override_background_color (widget, flags, NULL);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_modify_text:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @state: the state for which to set the text color
* @color: (allow-none): the color to assign (does not need to
* be allocated), or %NULL to undo the effect of previous
* calls to of gtk_widget_modify_text().
*
* Sets the text color for a widget in a particular state.
*
* All other style values are left untouched.
* The text color is the foreground color used along with the
* base color (see gtk_widget_modify_base()) for widgets such
* as #GtkEntry and #GtkTextView.
* See also gtk_widget_modify_style().
*
* Deprecated:3.0: Use gtk_widget_override_color() instead
*/
void
gtk_widget_modify_text (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkStateType state,
const GdkColor *color)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (state >= GTK_STATE_NORMAL && state <= GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE);
gtk_widget_modify_color_component (widget, GTK_RC_TEXT, state, color);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_modify_base:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @state: the state for which to set the base color
* @color: (allow-none): the color to assign (does not need to
* be allocated), or %NULL to undo the effect of previous
* calls to of gtk_widget_modify_base().
*
* Sets the base color for a widget in a particular state.
* All other style values are left untouched. The base color
* is the background color used along with the text color
* (see gtk_widget_modify_text()) for widgets such as #GtkEntry
* and #GtkTextView. See also gtk_widget_modify_style().
*
* <note><para>
* Note that "no window" widgets (which have the %GTK_NO_WINDOW
* flag set) draw on their parent container's window and thus may
* not draw any background themselves. This is the case for e.g.
* #GtkLabel.
* </para><para>
* To modify the background of such widgets, you have to set the
* base color on their parent; if you want to set the background
* of a rectangular area around a label, try placing the label in
* a #GtkEventBox widget and setting the base color on that.
* </para></note>
*
* Deprecated:3.0: Use gtk_widget_override_background_color() instead
*/
void
gtk_widget_modify_base (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkStateType state,
const GdkColor *color)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (state >= GTK_STATE_NORMAL && state <= GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE);
gtk_widget_modify_color_component (widget, GTK_RC_BASE, state, color);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_modify_cursor:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @primary: the color to use for primary cursor (does not need to be
* allocated), or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to
* of gtk_widget_modify_cursor().
* @secondary: the color to use for secondary cursor (does not need to be
* allocated), or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to
* of gtk_widget_modify_cursor().
*
* Sets the cursor color to use in a widget, overriding the
* #GtkWidget:cursor-color and #GtkWidget:secondary-cursor-color
* style properties.
*
* All other style values are left untouched.
* See also gtk_widget_modify_style().
*
* Since: 2.12
*
* Deprecated: 3.0. Use gtk_widget_override_cursor() instead.
*/
void
gtk_widget_modify_cursor (GtkWidget *widget,
const GdkColor *primary,
const GdkColor *secondary)
{
GdkRGBA primary_rgba, secondary_rgba;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
primary_rgba.red = primary->red / 65535.;
primary_rgba.green = primary->green / 65535.;
primary_rgba.blue = primary->blue / 65535.;
primary_rgba.alpha = 1;
secondary_rgba.red = secondary->red / 65535.;
secondary_rgba.green = secondary->green / 65535.;
secondary_rgba.blue = secondary->blue / 65535.;
secondary_rgba.alpha = 1;
gtk_widget_override_cursor (widget, &primary_rgba, &secondary_rgba);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_modify_font:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @font_desc: (allow-none): the font description to use, or %NULL
* to undo the effect of previous calls to gtk_widget_modify_font()
*
* Sets the font to use for a widget.
*
* All other style values are left untouched.
* See also gtk_widget_modify_style().
*
* Deprecated:3.0: Use gtk_widget_override_font() instead
*/
void
gtk_widget_modify_font (GtkWidget *widget,
PangoFontDescription *font_desc)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
gtk_widget_override_font (widget, font_desc);
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_direction_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkTextDirection previous_direction)
{
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_style_set (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkStyle *previous_style)
{
}
typedef struct {
GtkWidget *previous_toplevel;
GdkScreen *previous_screen;
GdkScreen *new_screen;
} HierarchyChangedInfo;
static void
do_screen_change (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkScreen *old_screen,
GdkScreen *new_screen)
{
if (old_screen != new_screen)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
if (old_screen)
{
PangoContext *context = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context);
if (context)
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context, NULL);
}
_gtk_tooltip_hide (widget);
if (new_screen && priv->context)
gtk_style_context_set_screen (priv->context, new_screen);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[SCREEN_CHANGED], 0, old_screen);
}
}
static void
gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed_recurse (GtkWidget *widget,
gpointer client_data)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
HierarchyChangedInfo *info = client_data;
gboolean new_anchored = gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget) ||
(priv->parent && priv->parent->priv->anchored);
if (priv->anchored != new_anchored)
{
g_object_ref (widget);
priv->anchored = new_anchored;
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[HIERARCHY_CHANGED], 0, info->previous_toplevel);
do_screen_change (widget, info->previous_screen, info->new_screen);
if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed_recurse,
client_data);
g_object_unref (widget);
}
}
/**
* _gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @previous_toplevel: Previous toplevel
*
* Propagates changes in the anchored state to a widget and all
* children, unsetting or setting the %ANCHORED flag, and
* emitting #GtkWidget::hierarchy-changed.
**/
void
_gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWidget *previous_toplevel)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
HierarchyChangedInfo info;
info.previous_toplevel = previous_toplevel;
info.previous_screen = previous_toplevel ? gtk_widget_get_screen (previous_toplevel) : NULL;
if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget) ||
(priv->parent && priv->parent->priv->anchored))
info.new_screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (widget);
else
info.new_screen = NULL;
if (info.previous_screen)
g_object_ref (info.previous_screen);
if (previous_toplevel)
g_object_ref (previous_toplevel);
gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed_recurse (widget, &info);
if (previous_toplevel)
g_object_unref (previous_toplevel);
if (info.previous_screen)
g_object_unref (info.previous_screen);
}
static void
gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed_recurse (GtkWidget *widget,
gpointer client_data)
{
HierarchyChangedInfo *info = client_data;
g_object_ref (widget);
do_screen_change (widget, info->previous_screen, info->new_screen);
if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed_recurse,
client_data);
g_object_unref (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_is_composited:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Whether @widget can rely on having its alpha channel
* drawn correctly. On X11 this function returns whether a
* compositing manager is running for @widget's screen.
*
* Please note that the semantics of this call will change
* in the future if used on a widget that has a composited
* window in its hierarchy (as set by gdk_window_set_composited()).
*
* Return value: %TRUE if the widget can rely on its alpha
* channel being drawn correctly.
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_is_composited (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GdkScreen *screen;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (widget);
return gdk_screen_is_composited (screen);
}
static void
propagate_composited_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
gpointer dummy)
{
if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
{
gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
propagate_composited_changed,
NULL);
}
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[COMPOSITED_CHANGED], 0);
}
void
_gtk_widget_propagate_composited_changed (GtkWidget *widget)
{
propagate_composited_changed (widget, NULL);
}
/**
* _gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @previous_screen: Previous screen
*
* Propagates changes in the screen for a widget to all
* children, emitting #GtkWidget::screen-changed.
**/
void
_gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkScreen *previous_screen)
{
HierarchyChangedInfo info;
info.previous_screen = previous_screen;
info.new_screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (widget);
if (previous_screen)
g_object_ref (previous_screen);
gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed_recurse (widget, &info);
if (previous_screen)
g_object_unref (previous_screen);
}
static void
reset_style_recurse (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
{
_gtk_widget_update_path (widget);
if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
reset_style_recurse,
NULL);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_reset_style:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Updates the style context of @widget and all descendents
* by updating its widget path. #GtkContainer<!-- -->s may want
* to use this on a child when reordering it in a way that a different
* style might apply to it. See also gtk_container_get_path_for_child().
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_widget_reset_style (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
reset_style_recurse (widget, NULL);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_reset_rc_styles:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget.
*
* Reset the styles of @widget and all descendents, so when
* they are looked up again, they get the correct values
* for the currently loaded RC file settings.
*
* This function is not useful for applications.
*
* Deprecated:3.0: Use #GtkStyleContext instead, and gtk_widget_reset_style()
*/
void
gtk_widget_reset_rc_styles (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
reset_style_recurse (widget, NULL);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_default_style:
*
* Returns the default style used by all widgets initially.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the default style. This #GtkStyle
* object is owned by GTK+ and should not be modified or freed.
*
* Deprecated:3.0: Use #GtkStyleContext instead, and
* gtk_css_provider_get_default() to obtain a #GtkStyleProvider
* with the default widget style information.
*/
GtkStyle*
gtk_widget_get_default_style (void)
{
if (!gtk_default_style)
{
gtk_default_style = gtk_style_new ();
g_object_ref (gtk_default_style);
}
return gtk_default_style;
}
#ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
/* Verify invariants, see docs/widget_system.txt for notes on much of
* this. Invariants may be temporarily broken while we're in the
* process of updating state, of course, so you can only
* verify_invariants() after a given operation is complete.
* Use push/pop_verify_invariants to help with that.
*/
static void
gtk_widget_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidget *parent;
if (widget->priv->verifying_invariants_count > 0)
return;
parent = widget->priv->parent;
if (widget->priv->mapped)
{
/* Mapped implies ... */
if (!widget->priv->realized)
g_warning ("%s %p is mapped but not realized",
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
if (!widget->priv->visible)
g_warning ("%s %p is mapped but not visible",
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
if (!widget->priv->toplevel)
{
if (!widget->priv->child_visible)
g_warning ("%s %p is mapped but not child_visible",
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
}
}
else
{
/* Not mapped implies... */
#if 0
/* This check makes sense for normal toplevels, but for
* something like a toplevel that is embedded within a clutter
* state, mapping may depend on external factors.
*/
if (widget->priv->toplevel)
{
if (widget->priv->visible)
g_warning ("%s %p toplevel is visible but not mapped",
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
}
#endif
}
/* Parent related checks aren't possible if parent has
* verifying_invariants_count > 0 because parent needs to recurse
* children first before the invariants will hold.
*/
if (parent == NULL || parent->priv->verifying_invariants_count == 0)
{
if (parent &&
parent->priv->realized)
{
/* Parent realized implies... */
#if 0
/* This is in widget_system.txt but appears to fail
* because there's no gtk_container_realize() that
* realizes all children... instead we just lazily
* wait for map to fix things up.
*/
if (!widget->priv->realized)
g_warning ("%s %p is realized but child %s %p is not realized",
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (parent), parent,
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
#endif
}
else if (!widget->priv->toplevel)
{
/* No parent or parent not realized on non-toplevel implies... */
if (widget->priv->realized && !widget->priv->in_reparent)
g_warning ("%s %p is not realized but child %s %p is realized",
parent ? G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (parent) : "no parent", parent,
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
}
if (parent &&
parent->priv->mapped &&
widget->priv->visible &&
widget->priv->child_visible)
{
/* Parent mapped and we are visible implies... */
if (!widget->priv->mapped)
g_warning ("%s %p is mapped but visible child %s %p is not mapped",
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (parent), parent,
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
}
else if (!widget->priv->toplevel)
{
/* No parent or parent not mapped on non-toplevel implies... */
if (widget->priv->mapped && !widget->priv->in_reparent)
g_warning ("%s %p is mapped but visible=%d child_visible=%d parent %s %p mapped=%d",
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget,
widget->priv->visible,
widget->priv->child_visible,
parent ? G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (parent) : "no parent", parent,
parent ? parent->priv->mapped : FALSE);
}
}
if (!widget->priv->realized)
{
/* Not realized implies... */
#if 0
/* widget_system.txt says these hold, but they don't. */
if (widget->priv->resize_pending)
g_warning ("%s %p resize pending but not realized",
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
if (widget->priv->alloc_needed)
g_warning ("%s %p alloc needed but not realized",
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
if (widget->priv->width_request_needed)
g_warning ("%s %p width request needed but not realized",
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
if (widget->priv->height_request_needed)
g_warning ("%s %p height request needed but not realized",
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
#endif
}
}
/* The point of this push/pop is that invariants may not hold while
* we're busy making changes. So we only check at the outermost call
* on the call stack, after we finish updating everything.
*/
static void
gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget)
{
widget->priv->verifying_invariants_count += 1;
}
static void
gtk_widget_verify_child_invariants (GtkWidget *widget,
gpointer client_data)
{
/* We don't recurse further; this is a one-level check. */
gtk_widget_verify_invariants (widget);
}
static void
gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_assert (widget->priv->verifying_invariants_count > 0);
widget->priv->verifying_invariants_count -= 1;
if (widget->priv->verifying_invariants_count == 0)
{
gtk_widget_verify_invariants (widget);
if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
{
/* Check one level of children, because our
* push_verify_invariants() will have prevented some of the
* checks. This does not recurse because if recursion is
* needed, it will happen naturally as each child has a
* push/pop on that child. For example if we're recursively
* mapping children, we'll push/pop on each child as we map
* it.
*/
gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
gtk_widget_verify_child_invariants,
NULL);
}
}
}
#endif /* G_ENABLE_DEBUG */
static PangoContext *
gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
{
return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_pango_context:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Gets a #PangoContext with the appropriate font map, font description,
* and base direction for this widget. Unlike the context returned
* by gtk_widget_create_pango_context(), this context is owned by
* the widget (it can be used until the screen for the widget changes
* or the widget is removed from its toplevel), and will be updated to
* match any changes to the widget's attributes.
*
* If you create and keep a #PangoLayout using this context, you must
* deal with changes to the context by calling pango_layout_context_changed()
* on the layout in response to the #GtkWidget::style-updated and
* #GtkWidget::direction-changed signals for the widget.
*
* Return value: (transfer none): the #PangoContext for the widget.
**/
PangoContext *
gtk_widget_get_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
{
PangoContext *context;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
context = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context);
if (!context)
{
context = gtk_widget_create_pango_context (GTK_WIDGET (widget));
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
quark_pango_context,
context,
g_object_unref);
}
return context;
}
static void
update_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget,
PangoContext *context)
{
const PangoFontDescription *font_desc;
GtkStyleContext *style_context;
style_context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
font_desc = gtk_style_context_get_font (style_context,
gtk_widget_get_state_flags (widget));
pango_context_set_font_description (context, font_desc);
pango_context_set_base_dir (context,
gtk_widget_get_direction (widget) == GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR ?
PANGO_DIRECTION_LTR : PANGO_DIRECTION_RTL);
}
static void
gtk_widget_update_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
{
PangoContext *context = gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (widget);
if (context)
{
GdkScreen *screen;
update_pango_context (widget, context);
screen = gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (widget);
if (screen)
{
pango_cairo_context_set_resolution (context,
gdk_screen_get_resolution (screen));
pango_cairo_context_set_font_options (context,
gdk_screen_get_font_options (screen));
}
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_create_pango_context:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Creates a new #PangoContext with the appropriate font map,
* font description, and base direction for drawing text for
* this widget. See also gtk_widget_get_pango_context().
*
* Return value: (transfer full): the new #PangoContext
**/
PangoContext *
gtk_widget_create_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GdkScreen *screen;
PangoContext *context;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
screen = gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (widget);
if (!screen)
{
GTK_NOTE (MULTIHEAD,
g_warning ("gtk_widget_create_pango_context ()) called without screen"));
screen = gdk_screen_get_default ();
}
context = gdk_pango_context_get_for_screen (screen);
update_pango_context (widget, context);
pango_context_set_language (context, gtk_get_default_language ());
return context;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_create_pango_layout:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @text: text to set on the layout (can be %NULL)
*
* Creates a new #PangoLayout with the appropriate font map,
* font description, and base direction for drawing text for
* this widget.
*
* If you keep a #PangoLayout created in this way around, in order to
* notify the layout of changes to the base direction or font of this
* widget, you must call pango_layout_context_changed() in response to
* the #GtkWidget::style-updated and #GtkWidget::direction-changed signals
* for the widget.
*
* Return value: (transfer full): the new #PangoLayout
**/
PangoLayout *
gtk_widget_create_pango_layout (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *text)
{
PangoLayout *layout;
PangoContext *context;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
context = gtk_widget_get_pango_context (widget);
layout = pango_layout_new (context);
if (text)
pango_layout_set_text (layout, text, -1);
return layout;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_render_icon_pixbuf:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @stock_id: a stock ID
* @size: (type int): a stock size. A size of (GtkIconSize)-1 means
* render at the size of the source and don't scale (if there are
* multiple source sizes, GTK+ picks one of the available sizes).
*
* A convenience function that uses the theme engine and style
* settings for @widget to look up @stock_id and render it to
* a pixbuf. @stock_id should be a stock icon ID such as
* #GTK_STOCK_OPEN or #GTK_STOCK_OK. @size should be a size
* such as #GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU.
*
* The pixels in the returned #GdkPixbuf are shared with the rest of
* the application and should not be modified. The pixbuf should be freed
* after use with g_object_unref().
*
* Return value: (transfer full): a new pixbuf, or %NULL if the
* stock ID wasn't known
*
* Since: 3.0
**/
GdkPixbuf*
gtk_widget_render_icon_pixbuf (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *stock_id,
GtkIconSize size)
{
GtkStyleContext *context;
GtkIconSet *icon_set;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
g_return_val_if_fail (stock_id != NULL, NULL);
g_return_val_if_fail (size > GTK_ICON_SIZE_INVALID || size == -1, NULL);
context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
icon_set = gtk_style_context_lookup_icon_set (context, stock_id);
if (icon_set == NULL)
return NULL;
return gtk_icon_set_render_icon_pixbuf (icon_set, context, size);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_render_icon:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @stock_id: a stock ID
* @size: (type int): a stock size. A size of (GtkIconSize)-1 means
* render at the size of the source and don't scale (if there are
* multiple source sizes, GTK+ picks one of the available sizes).
* @detail: (allow-none): render detail to pass to theme engine
*
* A convenience function that uses the theme settings for @widget
* to look up @stock_id and render it to a pixbuf. @stock_id should
* be a stock icon ID such as #GTK_STOCK_OPEN or #GTK_STOCK_OK. @size
* should be a size such as #GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU. @detail should be a
* string that identifies the widget or code doing the rendering, so
* that theme engines can special-case rendering for that widget or
* code.
*
* The pixels in the returned #GdkPixbuf are shared with the rest of
* the application and should not be modified. The pixbuf should be
* freed after use with g_object_unref().
*
* Return value: (transfer full): a new pixbuf, or %NULL if the
* stock ID wasn't known
*
* Deprecated: 3.0: Use gtk_widget_render_icon_pixbuf() instead.
**/
GdkPixbuf*
gtk_widget_render_icon (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *stock_id,
GtkIconSize size,
const gchar *detail)
{
gtk_widget_ensure_style (widget);
return gtk_widget_render_icon_pixbuf (widget, stock_id, size);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_parent_window:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget.
* @parent_window: the new parent window.
*
* Sets a non default parent window for @widget.
*
* For GtkWindow classes, setting a @parent_window effects whether
* the window is a toplevel window or can be embedded into other
* widgets.
*
* <note><para>
* For GtkWindow classes, this needs to be called before the
* window is realized.
* </para></note>
*
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_parent_window (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkWindow *parent_window)
{
GdkWindow *old_parent_window;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
old_parent_window = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
quark_parent_window);
if (parent_window != old_parent_window)
{
gboolean is_plug;
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_parent_window,
parent_window);
if (old_parent_window)
g_object_unref (old_parent_window);
if (parent_window)
g_object_ref (parent_window);
/* Unset toplevel flag when adding a parent window to a widget,
* this is the primary entry point to allow toplevels to be
* embeddable.
*/
#ifdef GDK_WINDOWING_X11
is_plug = GTK_IS_PLUG (widget);
#else
is_plug = FALSE;
#endif
if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (widget) && !is_plug)
_gtk_window_set_is_toplevel (GTK_WINDOW (widget), parent_window == NULL);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_parent_window:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget.
*
* Gets @widget's parent window.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the parent window of @widget.
**/
GdkWindow *
gtk_widget_get_parent_window (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
GdkWindow *parent_window;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
priv = widget->priv;
parent_window = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_parent_window);
return (parent_window != NULL) ? parent_window :
(priv->parent != NULL) ? priv->parent->priv->window : NULL;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_child_visible:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @is_visible: if %TRUE, @widget should be mapped along with its parent.
*
* Sets whether @widget should be mapped along with its when its parent
* is mapped and @widget has been shown with gtk_widget_show().
*
* The child visibility can be set for widget before it is added to
* a container with gtk_widget_set_parent(), to avoid mapping
* children unnecessary before immediately unmapping them. However
* it will be reset to its default state of %TRUE when the widget
* is removed from a container.
*
* Note that changing the child visibility of a widget does not
* queue a resize on the widget. Most of the time, the size of
* a widget is computed from all visible children, whether or
* not they are mapped. If this is not the case, the container
* can queue a resize itself.
*
* This function is only useful for container implementations and
* never should be called by an application.
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_child_visible (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean is_visible)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (!gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget));
priv = widget->priv;
g_object_ref (widget);
gtk_widget_verify_invariants (widget);
if (is_visible)
priv->child_visible = TRUE;
else
{
GtkWidget *toplevel;
priv->child_visible = FALSE;
toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
if (toplevel != widget && gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel))
_gtk_window_unset_focus_and_default (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), widget);
}
if (priv->parent && gtk_widget_get_realized (priv->parent))
{
if (gtk_widget_get_mapped (priv->parent) &&
priv->child_visible &&
gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
gtk_widget_map (widget);
else
gtk_widget_unmap (widget);
}
gtk_widget_verify_invariants (widget);
g_object_unref (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_child_visible:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Gets the value set with gtk_widget_set_child_visible().
* If you feel a need to use this function, your code probably
* needs reorganization.
*
* This function is only useful for container implementations and
* never should be called by an application.
*
* Return value: %TRUE if the widget is mapped with the parent.
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_child_visible (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->child_visible;
}
static GdkScreen *
gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidget *toplevel;
toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel))
{
if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
return gtk_window_get_screen (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel));
else if (GTK_IS_INVISIBLE (toplevel))
return gtk_invisible_get_screen (GTK_INVISIBLE (widget));
}
return NULL;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_screen:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Get the #GdkScreen from the toplevel window associated with
* this widget. This function can only be called after the widget
* has been added to a widget hierarchy with a #GtkWindow
* at the top.
*
* In general, you should only create screen specific
* resources when a widget has been realized, and you should
* free those resources when the widget is unrealized.
*
* Return value: (transfer none): the #GdkScreen for the toplevel for this widget.
*
* Since: 2.2
**/
GdkScreen*
gtk_widget_get_screen (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GdkScreen *screen;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
screen = gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (widget);
if (screen)
return screen;
else
{
#if 0
g_warning (G_STRLOC ": Can't get associated screen"
" for a widget unless it is inside a toplevel GtkWindow\n"
" widget type is %s associated top level type is %s",
g_type_name (G_OBJECT_TYPE(G_OBJECT (widget))),
g_type_name (G_OBJECT_TYPE(G_OBJECT (toplevel))));
#endif
return gdk_screen_get_default ();
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_has_screen:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Checks whether there is a #GdkScreen is associated with
* this widget. All toplevel widgets have an associated
* screen, and all widgets added into a hierarchy with a toplevel
* window at the top.
*
* Return value: %TRUE if there is a #GdkScreen associcated
* with the widget.
*
* Since: 2.2
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_has_screen (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return (gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (widget) != NULL);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_display:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Get the #GdkDisplay for the toplevel window associated with
* this widget. This function can only be called after the widget
* has been added to a widget hierarchy with a #GtkWindow at the top.
*
* In general, you should only create display specific
* resources when a widget has been realized, and you should
* free those resources when the widget is unrealized.
*
* Return value: (transfer none): the #GdkDisplay for the toplevel for this widget.
*
* Since: 2.2
**/
GdkDisplay*
gtk_widget_get_display (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
return gdk_screen_get_display (gtk_widget_get_screen (widget));
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_root_window:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Get the root window where this widget is located. This function can
* only be called after the widget has been added to a widget
* hierarchy with #GtkWindow at the top.
*
* The root window is useful for such purposes as creating a popup
* #GdkWindow associated with the window. In general, you should only
* create display specific resources when a widget has been realized,
* and you should free those resources when the widget is unrealized.
*
* Return value: (transfer none): the #GdkWindow root window for the toplevel for this widget.
*
* Since: 2.2
**/
GdkWindow*
gtk_widget_get_root_window (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
return gdk_screen_get_root_window (gtk_widget_get_screen (widget));
}
/**
* gtk_widget_child_focus:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @direction: direction of focus movement
*
* This function is used by custom widget implementations; if you're
* writing an app, you'd use gtk_widget_grab_focus() to move the focus
* to a particular widget, and gtk_container_set_focus_chain() to
* change the focus tab order. So you may want to investigate those
* functions instead.
*
* gtk_widget_child_focus() is called by containers as the user moves
* around the window using keyboard shortcuts. @direction indicates
* what kind of motion is taking place (up, down, left, right, tab
* forward, tab backward). gtk_widget_child_focus() emits the
* #GtkWidget::focus signal; widgets override the default handler
* for this signal in order to implement appropriate focus behavior.
*
* The default ::focus handler for a widget should return %TRUE if
* moving in @direction left the focus on a focusable location inside
* that widget, and %FALSE if moving in @direction moved the focus
* outside the widget. If returning %TRUE, widgets normally
* call gtk_widget_grab_focus() to place the focus accordingly;
* if returning %FALSE, they don't modify the current focus location.
*
* Return value: %TRUE if focus ended up inside @widget
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_child_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkDirectionType direction)
{
gboolean return_val;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
if (!gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) ||
!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
return FALSE;
/* child widgets must set CAN_FOCUS, containers
* don't have to though.
*/
if (!GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget) &&
!gtk_widget_get_can_focus (widget))
return FALSE;
g_signal_emit (widget,
widget_signals[FOCUS],
0,
direction, &return_val);
return return_val;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_keynav_failed:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @direction: direction of focus movement
*
* This function should be called whenever keyboard navigation within
* a single widget hits a boundary. The function emits the
* #GtkWidget::keynav-failed signal on the widget and its return
* value should be interpreted in a way similar to the return value of
* gtk_widget_child_focus():
*
* When %TRUE is returned, stay in the widget, the failed keyboard
* navigation is Ok and/or there is nowhere we can/should move the
* focus to.
*
* When %FALSE is returned, the caller should continue with keyboard
* navigation outside the widget, e.g. by calling
* gtk_widget_child_focus() on the widget's toplevel.
*
* The default ::keynav-failed handler returns %TRUE for
* %GTK_DIR_TAB_FORWARD and %GTK_DIR_TAB_BACKWARD. For the other
* values of #GtkDirectionType, it looks at the
* #GtkSettings:gtk-keynav-cursor-only setting and returns %FALSE
* if the setting is %TRUE. This way the entire user interface
* becomes cursor-navigatable on input devices such as mobile phones
* which only have cursor keys but no tab key.
*
* Whenever the default handler returns %TRUE, it also calls
* gtk_widget_error_bell() to notify the user of the failed keyboard
* navigation.
*
* A use case for providing an own implementation of ::keynav-failed
* (either by connecting to it or by overriding it) would be a row of
* #GtkEntry widgets where the user should be able to navigate the
* entire row with the cursor keys, as e.g. known from user interfaces
* that require entering license keys.
*
* Return value: %TRUE if stopping keyboard navigation is fine, %FALSE
* if the emitting widget should try to handle the keyboard
* navigation attempt in its parent container(s).
*
* Since: 2.12
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_keynav_failed (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkDirectionType direction)
{
gboolean return_val;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[KEYNAV_FAILED], 0,
direction, &return_val);
return return_val;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_error_bell:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Notifies the user about an input-related error on this widget.
* If the #GtkSettings:gtk-error-bell setting is %TRUE, it calls
* gdk_window_beep(), otherwise it does nothing.
*
* Note that the effect of gdk_window_beep() can be configured in many
* ways, depending on the windowing backend and the desktop environment
* or window manager that is used.
*
* Since: 2.12
**/
void
gtk_widget_error_bell (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
GtkSettings* settings;
gboolean beep;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
priv = widget->priv;
settings = gtk_widget_get_settings (widget);
if (!settings)
return;
g_object_get (settings,
"gtk-error-bell", &beep,
NULL);
if (beep && priv->window)
gdk_window_beep (priv->window);
}
static void
gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
gint width,
gint height,
GtkQueueResizeFlags flags)
{
GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
gboolean changed = FALSE;
g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
aux_info = gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
if (width > -2 && aux_info->width != width)
{
if ((flags & GTK_QUEUE_RESIZE_INVALIDATE_ONLY) == 0)
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "width-request");
aux_info->width = width;
changed = TRUE;
}
if (height > -2 && aux_info->height != height)
{
if ((flags & GTK_QUEUE_RESIZE_INVALIDATE_ONLY) == 0)
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "height-request");
aux_info->height = height;
changed = TRUE;
}
if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) && changed)
{
if ((flags & GTK_QUEUE_RESIZE_INVALIDATE_ONLY) == 0)
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
else
_gtk_size_group_queue_resize (widget, GTK_QUEUE_RESIZE_INVALIDATE_ONLY);
}
g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_size_request:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @width: width @widget should request, or -1 to unset
* @height: height @widget should request, or -1 to unset
*
* Sets the minimum size of a widget; that is, the widget's size
* request will be @width by @height. You can use this function to
* force a widget to be either larger or smaller than it normally
* would be.
*
* In most cases, gtk_window_set_default_size() is a better choice for
* toplevel windows than this function; setting the default size will
* still allow users to shrink the window. Setting the size request
* will force them to leave the window at least as large as the size
* request. When dealing with window sizes,
* gtk_window_set_geometry_hints() can be a useful function as well.
*
* Note the inherent danger of setting any fixed size - themes,
* translations into other languages, different fonts, and user action
* can all change the appropriate size for a given widget. So, it's
* basically impossible to hardcode a size that will always be
* correct.
*
* The size request of a widget is the smallest size a widget can
* accept while still functioning well and drawing itself correctly.
* However in some strange cases a widget may be allocated less than
* its requested size, and in many cases a widget may be allocated more
* space than it requested.
*
* If the size request in a given direction is -1 (unset), then
* the "natural" size request of the widget will be used instead.
*
* Widgets can't actually be allocated a size less than 1 by 1, but
* you can pass 0,0 to this function to mean "as small as possible."
*
* The size request set here does not include any margin from the
* #GtkWidget properties margin-left, margin-right, margin-top, and
* margin-bottom, but it does include pretty much all other padding
* or border properties set by any subclass of #GtkWidget.
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
gint width,
gint height)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (width >= -1);
g_return_if_fail (height >= -1);
if (width == 0)
width = 1;
if (height == 0)
height = 1;
gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, width, height, 0);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_size_request:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @width: (out) (allow-none): return location for width, or %NULL
* @height: (out) (allow-none): return location for height, or %NULL
*
* Gets the size request that was explicitly set for the widget using
* gtk_widget_set_size_request(). A value of -1 stored in @width or
* @height indicates that that dimension has not been set explicitly
* and the natural requisition of the widget will be used intead. See
* gtk_widget_set_size_request(). To get the size a widget will
* actually request, call gtk_widget_get_preferred_size() instead of
* this function.
**/
void
gtk_widget_get_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
gint *width,
gint *height)
{
const GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
aux_info = _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget);
if (width)
*width = aux_info->width;
if (height)
*height = aux_info->height;
}
/**
* _gtk_widget_override_size_request:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @width: new forced minimum width
* @height: new forced minimum height
* @old_width: location to store previous forced minimum width
* @old_width: location to store previous forced minumum height
*
* Temporarily establishes a forced minimum size for a widget; this
* is used by GtkWindow when calculating the size to add to the
* window's geometry widget. Cached sizes for the widget and its
* parents are invalidated, so that subsequent calls to the size
* negotiation machinery produce the overriden result, but the
* widget is not queued for relayout or redraw. The old size must
* be restored with _gtk_widget_restore_size_request() or things
* will go screwy.
*/
void
_gtk_widget_override_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
int width,
int height,
int *old_width,
int *old_height)
{
gtk_widget_get_size_request (widget, old_width, old_height);
gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, width, height,
GTK_QUEUE_RESIZE_INVALIDATE_ONLY);
}
/**
* _gtk_widget_restore_size_request:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @old_width: saved forced minimum size
* @old_height: saved forced minimum size
*
* Undoes the operation of_gtk_widget_override_size_request().
*/
void
_gtk_widget_restore_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
int old_width,
int old_height)
{
gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, old_width, old_height,
GTK_QUEUE_RESIZE_INVALIDATE_ONLY);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_events:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @events: event mask
*
* Sets the event mask (see #GdkEventMask) for a widget. The event
* mask determines which events a widget will receive. Keep in mind
* that different widgets have different default event masks, and by
* changing the event mask you may disrupt a widget's functionality,
* so be careful. This function must be called while a widget is
* unrealized. Consider gtk_widget_add_events() for widgets that are
* already realized, or if you want to preserve the existing event
* mask. This function can't be used with #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets;
* to get events on those widgets, place them inside a #GtkEventBox
* and receive events on the event box.
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_events (GtkWidget *widget,
gint events)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget));
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask,
GINT_TO_POINTER (events));
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "events");
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_device_events:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @device: a #GdkDevice
* @events: event mask
*
* Sets the device event mask (see #GdkEventMask) for a widget. The event
* mask determines which events a widget will receive from @device. Keep
* in mind that different widgets have different default event masks, and by
* changing the event mask you may disrupt a widget's functionality,
* so be careful. This function must be called while a widget is
* unrealized. Consider gtk_widget_add_device_events() for widgets that are
* already realized, or if you want to preserve the existing event
* mask. This function can't be used with #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets;
* to get events on those widgets, place them inside a #GtkEventBox
* and receive events on the event box.
*
* Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_device_events (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkDevice *device,
GdkEventMask events)
{
GHashTable *device_events;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device));
g_return_if_fail (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget));
device_events = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_device_event_mask);
if (G_UNLIKELY (!device_events))
{
device_events = g_hash_table_new (NULL, NULL);
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_device_event_mask, device_events,
(GDestroyNotify) g_hash_table_unref);
}
g_hash_table_insert (device_events, device, GUINT_TO_POINTER (events));
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_device_enabled:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @device: a #GdkDevice
* @enabled: whether to enable the device
*
* Enables or disables a #GdkDevice to interact with @widget
* and all its children.
*
* It does so by descending through the #GdkWindow hierarchy
* and enabling the same mask that is has for core events
* (i.e. the one that gdk_window_get_events() returns).
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_device_enabled (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkDevice *device,
gboolean enabled)
{
GList *enabled_devices;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device));
enabled_devices = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_enabled_devices);
enabled_devices = g_list_append (enabled_devices, device);
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_enabled_devices,
enabled_devices, (GDestroyNotify) g_list_free);;
if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
gtk_widget_set_device_enabled_internal (widget, device, TRUE, enabled);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_device_enabled:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @device: a #GdkDevice
*
* Returns whether @device can interact with @widget and its
* children. See gtk_widget_set_device_enabled().
*
* Return value: %TRUE is @device is enabled for @widget
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_device_enabled (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkDevice *device)
{
GList *enabled_devices;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
g_return_val_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device), FALSE);
enabled_devices = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_enabled_devices);
return g_list_find (enabled_devices, device) != NULL;
}
static void
gtk_widget_add_events_internal_list (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkDevice *device,
gint events,
GList *window_list)
{
GList *l;
for (l = window_list; l != NULL; l = l->next)
{
GdkWindow *window = l->data;
gpointer user_data;
gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &user_data);
if (user_data == widget)
{
GList *children;
if (device)
gdk_window_set_device_events (window, device, gdk_window_get_events (window) | events);
else
gdk_window_set_events (window, gdk_window_get_events (window) | events);
children = gdk_window_get_children (window);
gtk_widget_add_events_internal_list (widget, device, events, children);
g_list_free (children);
}
}
}
static void
gtk_widget_add_events_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkDevice *device,
gint events)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
GList *window_list;
if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
window_list = gdk_window_get_children (priv->window);
else
window_list = g_list_prepend (NULL, priv->window);
gtk_widget_add_events_internal_list (widget, device, events, window_list);
g_list_free (window_list);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_add_events:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @events: an event mask, see #GdkEventMask
*
* Adds the events in the bitfield @events to the event mask for
* @widget. See gtk_widget_set_events() for details.
**/
void
gtk_widget_add_events (GtkWidget *widget,
gint events)
{
gint old_events;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
old_events = GPOINTER_TO_INT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask));
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask,
GINT_TO_POINTER (old_events | events));
if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
{
gtk_widget_add_events_internal (widget, NULL, events);
gtk_widget_update_devices_mask (widget, FALSE);
}
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "events");
}
/**
* gtk_widget_add_device_events:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @device: a #GdkDevice
* @events: an event mask, see #GdkEventMask
*
* Adds the device events in the bitfield @events to the event mask for
* @widget. See gtk_widget_set_device_events() for details.
*
* Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_widget_add_device_events (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkDevice *device,
GdkEventMask events)
{
GdkEventMask old_events;
GHashTable *device_events;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device));
old_events = gtk_widget_get_device_events (widget, device);
device_events = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_device_event_mask);
if (G_UNLIKELY (!device_events))
{
device_events = g_hash_table_new (NULL, NULL);
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_device_event_mask, device_events,
(GDestroyNotify) g_hash_table_unref);
}
g_hash_table_insert (device_events, device,
GUINT_TO_POINTER (old_events | events));
if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
gtk_widget_add_events_internal (widget, device, events);
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "events");
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_toplevel:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* This function returns the topmost widget in the container hierarchy
* @widget is a part of. If @widget has no parent widgets, it will be
* returned as the topmost widget. No reference will be added to the
* returned widget; it should not be unreferenced.
*
* Note the difference in behavior vs. gtk_widget_get_ancestor();
* <literal>gtk_widget_get_ancestor (widget, GTK_TYPE_WINDOW)</literal>
* would return
* %NULL if @widget wasn't inside a toplevel window, and if the
* window was inside a #GtkWindow-derived widget which was in turn
* inside the toplevel #GtkWindow. While the second case may
* seem unlikely, it actually happens when a #GtkPlug is embedded
* inside a #GtkSocket within the same application.
*
* To reliably find the toplevel #GtkWindow, use
* gtk_widget_get_toplevel() and check if the %TOPLEVEL flags
* is set on the result.
* |[
* GtkWidget *toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
* if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel))
* {
* /&ast; Perform action on toplevel. &ast;/
* }
* ]|
*
* Return value: (transfer none): the topmost ancestor of @widget, or @widget itself
* if there's no ancestor.
**/
GtkWidget*
gtk_widget_get_toplevel (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
while (widget->priv->parent)
widget = widget->priv->parent;
return widget;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_ancestor:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @widget_type: ancestor type
*
* Gets the first ancestor of @widget with type @widget_type. For example,
* <literal>gtk_widget_get_ancestor (widget, GTK_TYPE_BOX)</literal> gets
* the first #GtkBox that's an ancestor of @widget. No reference will be
* added to the returned widget; it should not be unreferenced. See note
* about checking for a toplevel #GtkWindow in the docs for
* gtk_widget_get_toplevel().
*
* Note that unlike gtk_widget_is_ancestor(), gtk_widget_get_ancestor()
* considers @widget to be an ancestor of itself.
*
* Return value: (transfer none): the ancestor widget, or %NULL if not found
**/
GtkWidget*
gtk_widget_get_ancestor (GtkWidget *widget,
GType widget_type)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
while (widget && !g_type_is_a (G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget), widget_type))
widget = widget->priv->parent;
if (!(widget && g_type_is_a (G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget), widget_type)))
return NULL;
return widget;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_visual:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @visual: visual to be used or %NULL to unset a previous one
*
* Sets the visual that should be used for by widget and its children for
* creating #GdkWindows. The visual must be on the same #GdkScreen as
* returned by gdk_widget_get_screen(), so handling the
* #GtkWidget::screen-changed signal is necessary.
*
* Setting a new @visual will not cause @widget to recreate its windows,
* so you should call this function before @widget is realized.
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_visual (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkVisual *visual)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (visual == NULL || GDK_IS_VISUAL (visual));
if (visual)
{
g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_screen (widget) == gdk_visual_get_screen (visual));
}
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
quark_visual,
g_object_ref (visual),
g_object_unref);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_visual:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Gets the visual that will be used to render @widget.
*
* Return value: (transfer none): the visual for @widget
**/
GdkVisual*
gtk_widget_get_visual (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidget *w;
GdkVisual *visual;
GdkScreen *screen;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget) &&
widget->priv->window)
return gdk_window_get_visual (widget->priv->window);
screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (widget);
for (w = widget; w != NULL; w = w->priv->parent)
{
visual = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (w), quark_visual);
if (visual)
{
if (gdk_visual_get_screen (visual) == screen)
return visual;
g_warning ("Ignoring visual set on widget `%s' that is not on the correct screen.",
gtk_widget_get_name (widget));
}
}
return gdk_screen_get_system_visual (screen);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_settings:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Gets the settings object holding the settings used for this widget.
*
* Note that this function can only be called when the #GtkWidget
* is attached to a toplevel, since the settings object is specific
* to a particular #GdkScreen.
*
* Return value: (transfer none): the relevant #GtkSettings object
*/
GtkSettings*
gtk_widget_get_settings (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
return gtk_settings_get_for_screen (gtk_widget_get_screen (widget));
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_events:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the event mask for the widget (a bitfield containing flags
* from the #GdkEventMask enumeration). These are the events that the widget
* will receive.
*
* Return value: event mask for @widget
**/
gint
gtk_widget_get_events (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
return GPOINTER_TO_INT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask));
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_device_events:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @device: a #GdkDevice
*
* Returns the events mask for the widget corresponding to an specific device. These
* are the events that the widget will receive when @device operates on it.
*
* Returns: device event mask for @widget
*
* Since: 3.0
**/
GdkEventMask
gtk_widget_get_device_events (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkDevice *device)
{
GHashTable *device_events;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
g_return_val_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device), 0);
device_events = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_device_event_mask);
if (!device_events)
return 0;
return GPOINTER_TO_UINT (g_hash_table_lookup (device_events, device));
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_pointer:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @x: (out) (allow-none): return location for the X coordinate, or %NULL
* @y: (out) (allow-none): return location for the Y coordinate, or %NULL
*
* Obtains the location of the mouse pointer in widget coordinates.
* Widget coordinates are a bit odd; for historical reasons, they are
* defined as @widget->window coordinates for widgets that are not
* #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets, and are relative to @widget->allocation.x,
* @widget->allocation.y for widgets that are #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets.
**/
void
gtk_widget_get_pointer (GtkWidget *widget,
gint *x,
gint *y)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
priv = widget->priv;
if (x)
*x = -1;
if (y)
*y = -1;
if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
{
gdk_window_get_pointer (priv->window, x, y, NULL);
if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
{
if (x)
*x -= priv->allocation.x;
if (y)
*y -= priv->allocation.y;
}
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_is_ancestor:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @ancestor: another #GtkWidget
*
* Determines whether @widget is somewhere inside @ancestor, possibly with
* intermediate containers.
*
* Return value: %TRUE if @ancestor contains @widget as a child,
* grandchild, great grandchild, etc.
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_is_ancestor (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWidget *ancestor)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
g_return_val_if_fail (ancestor != NULL, FALSE);
while (widget)
{
if (widget->priv->parent == ancestor)
return TRUE;
widget = widget->priv->parent;
}
return FALSE;
}
static GQuark quark_composite_name = 0;
/**
* gtk_widget_set_composite_name:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget.
* @name: the name to set
*
* Sets a widgets composite name. The widget must be
* a composite child of its parent; see gtk_widget_push_composite_child().
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_composite_name (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *name)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (widget->priv->composite_child);
g_return_if_fail (name != NULL);
if (!quark_composite_name)
quark_composite_name = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-composite-name");
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
quark_composite_name,
g_strdup (name),
g_free);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_composite_name:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Obtains the composite name of a widget.
*
* Returns: the composite name of @widget, or %NULL if @widget is not
* a composite child. The string should be freed when it is no
* longer needed.
**/
gchar*
gtk_widget_get_composite_name (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
priv = widget->priv;
if (widget->priv->composite_child && priv->parent)
return _gtk_container_child_composite_name (GTK_CONTAINER (priv->parent),
widget);
else
return NULL;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_push_composite_child:
*
* Makes all newly-created widgets as composite children until
* the corresponding gtk_widget_pop_composite_child() call.
*
* A composite child is a child that's an implementation detail of the
* container it's inside and should not be visible to people using the
* container. Composite children aren't treated differently by GTK (but
* see gtk_container_foreach() vs. gtk_container_forall()), but e.g. GUI
* builders might want to treat them in a different way.
*
* Here is a simple example:
* |[
* gtk_widget_push_composite_child ();
* scrolled_window->hscrollbar = gtk_scrollbar_new (GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL, hadjustment);
* gtk_widget_set_composite_name (scrolled_window->hscrollbar, "hscrollbar");
* gtk_widget_pop_composite_child ();
* gtk_widget_set_parent (scrolled_window->hscrollbar,
* GTK_WIDGET (scrolled_window));
* g_object_ref (scrolled_window->hscrollbar);
* ]|
**/
void
gtk_widget_push_composite_child (void)
{
composite_child_stack++;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_pop_composite_child:
*
* Cancels the effect of a previous call to gtk_widget_push_composite_child().
**/
void
gtk_widget_pop_composite_child (void)
{
if (composite_child_stack)
composite_child_stack--;
}
static void
gtk_widget_emit_direction_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkTextDirection old_dir)
{
gtk_widget_update_pango_context (widget);
if (widget->priv->context)
gtk_style_context_set_direction (widget->priv->context,
gtk_widget_get_direction (widget));
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[DIRECTION_CHANGED], 0, old_dir);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_direction:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @dir: the new direction
*
* Sets the reading direction on a particular widget. This direction
* controls the primary direction for widgets containing text,
* and also the direction in which the children of a container are
* packed. The ability to set the direction is present in order
* so that correct localization into languages with right-to-left
* reading directions can be done. Generally, applications will
* let the default reading direction present, except for containers
* where the containers are arranged in an order that is explicitely
* visual rather than logical (such as buttons for text justification).
*
* If the direction is set to %GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE, then the value
* set by gtk_widget_set_default_direction() will be used.
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_direction (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkTextDirection dir)
{
GtkTextDirection old_dir;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (dir >= GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE && dir <= GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL);
old_dir = gtk_widget_get_direction (widget);
widget->priv->direction = dir;
if (old_dir != gtk_widget_get_direction (widget))
gtk_widget_emit_direction_changed (widget, old_dir);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_direction:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Gets the reading direction for a particular widget. See
* gtk_widget_set_direction().
*
* Return value: the reading direction for the widget.
**/
GtkTextDirection
gtk_widget_get_direction (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR);
if (widget->priv->direction == GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE)
return gtk_default_direction;
else
return widget->priv->direction;
}
static void
gtk_widget_set_default_direction_recurse (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
{
GtkTextDirection old_dir = GPOINTER_TO_UINT (data);
g_object_ref (widget);
if (widget->priv->direction == GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE)
gtk_widget_emit_direction_changed (widget, old_dir);
if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
gtk_widget_set_default_direction_recurse,
data);
g_object_unref (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_default_direction:
* @dir: the new default direction. This cannot be
* %GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE.
*
* Sets the default reading direction for widgets where the
* direction has not been explicitly set by gtk_widget_set_direction().
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_default_direction (GtkTextDirection dir)
{
g_return_if_fail (dir == GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL || dir == GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR);
if (dir != gtk_default_direction)
{
GList *toplevels, *tmp_list;
GtkTextDirection old_dir = gtk_default_direction;
gtk_default_direction = dir;
tmp_list = toplevels = gtk_window_list_toplevels ();
g_list_foreach (toplevels, (GFunc)g_object_ref, NULL);
while (tmp_list)
{
gtk_widget_set_default_direction_recurse (tmp_list->data,
GUINT_TO_POINTER (old_dir));
g_object_unref (tmp_list->data);
tmp_list = tmp_list->next;
}
g_list_free (toplevels);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_default_direction:
*
* Obtains the current default reading direction. See
* gtk_widget_set_default_direction().
*
* Return value: the current default direction.
**/
GtkTextDirection
gtk_widget_get_default_direction (void)
{
return gtk_default_direction;
}
static void
gtk_widget_dispose (GObject *object)
{
GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
if (priv->parent)
gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (priv->parent), widget);
else if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
gtk_widget_hide (widget);
priv->visible = FALSE;
if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
gtk_widget_unrealize (widget);
if (!priv->in_destruction)
{
priv->in_destruction = TRUE;
g_signal_emit (object, widget_signals[DESTROY], 0);
priv->in_destruction = FALSE;
}
G_OBJECT_CLASS (gtk_widget_parent_class)->dispose (object);
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_destroy (GtkWidget *object)
{
/* gtk_object_destroy() will already hold a refcount on object */
GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
/* wipe accelerator closures (keep order) */
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_path, NULL);
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures, NULL);
/* Callers of add_mnemonic_label() should disconnect on ::destroy */
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels, NULL);
gtk_grab_remove (widget);
if (priv->style)
g_object_unref (priv->style);
priv->style = gtk_widget_get_default_style ();
g_object_ref (priv->style);
}
static void
gtk_widget_finalize (GObject *object)
{
GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
GtkAccessible *accessible;
gtk_grab_remove (widget);
g_object_unref (priv->style);
priv->style = NULL;
g_free (priv->name);
aux_info = gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, FALSE);
if (aux_info)
gtk_widget_aux_info_destroy (aux_info);
accessible = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accessible_object);
if (accessible)
g_object_unref (accessible);
if (priv->path)
gtk_widget_path_free (priv->path);
if (priv->context)
g_object_unref (priv->context);
_gtk_widget_free_cached_sizes (widget);
if (g_object_is_floating (object))
g_warning ("A floating object was finalized. This means that someone\n"
"called g_object_unref() on an object that had only a floating\n"
"reference; the initial floating reference is not owned by anyone\n"
"and must be removed with g_object_ref_sink().");
G_OBJECT_CLASS (gtk_widget_parent_class)->finalize (object);
}
/*****************************************
* gtk_widget_real_map:
*
* arguments:
*
* results:
*****************************************/
static void
gtk_widget_real_map (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
g_assert (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget));
if (!gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
{
gtk_widget_set_mapped (widget, TRUE);
if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
gdk_window_show (priv->window);
}
}
/*****************************************
* gtk_widget_real_unmap:
*
* arguments:
*
* results:
*****************************************/
static void
gtk_widget_real_unmap (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
if (gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
{
gtk_widget_set_mapped (widget, FALSE);
if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
gdk_window_hide (priv->window);
}
}
/*****************************************
* gtk_widget_real_realize:
*
* arguments:
*
* results:
*****************************************/
static void
gtk_widget_real_realize (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
g_assert (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget));
gtk_widget_set_realized (widget, TRUE);
if (priv->parent)
{
priv->window = gtk_widget_get_parent_window (widget);
g_object_ref (priv->window);
}
}
/*****************************************
* gtk_widget_real_unrealize:
*
* arguments:
*
* results:
*****************************************/
static void
gtk_widget_real_unrealize (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
g_assert (!widget->priv->mapped);
/* printf ("unrealizing %s\n", g_type_name (G_TYPE_FROM_INSTANCE (widget)));
*/
/* We must do unrealize child widget BEFORE container widget.
* gdk_window_destroy() destroys specified xwindow and its sub-xwindows.
* So, unrealizing container widget bofore its children causes the problem
* (for example, gdk_ic_destroy () with destroyed window causes crash. )
*/
if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
(GtkCallback) gtk_widget_unrealize,
NULL);
if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
{
gdk_window_set_user_data (priv->window, NULL);
gdk_window_destroy (priv->window);
priv->window = NULL;
}
else
{
g_object_unref (priv->window);
priv->window = NULL;
}
gtk_selection_remove_all (widget);
gtk_widget_set_realized (widget, FALSE);
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_adjust_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkOrientation orientation,
gint *minimum_size,
gint *natural_size)
{
const GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
aux_info =_gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget);
if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL &&
aux_info->width > 0)
{
*minimum_size = MAX (*minimum_size, aux_info->width);
}
else if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL &&
aux_info->height > 0)
{
*minimum_size = MAX (*minimum_size, aux_info->height);
}
/* Fix it if set_size_request made natural size smaller than min size.
* This would also silently fix broken widgets, but we warn about them
* in gtksizerequest.c when calling their size request vfuncs.
*/
*natural_size = MAX (*natural_size, *minimum_size);
if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
{
*minimum_size += (aux_info->margin.left + aux_info->margin.right);
*natural_size += (aux_info->margin.left + aux_info->margin.right);
}
else
{
*minimum_size += (aux_info->margin.top + aux_info->margin.bottom);
*natural_size += (aux_info->margin.top + aux_info->margin.bottom);
}
}
/**
* _gtk_widget_peek_request_cache:
*
* Returns the address of the widget's request cache (strictly for
* internal use in gtksizerequest.c)
*
* Return value: the address of @widget's size request cache.
**/
gpointer
_gtk_widget_peek_request_cache (GtkWidget *widget)
{
/* Don't bother slowing things down with the return_if_fail guards here */
return &widget->priv->requests;
}
/*
* _gtk_widget_set_device_window:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @device: a #GdkDevice
* @window: the new device window
*
* Sets pointer window for @widget and @device.
* Does not ref @window.
*/
void
_gtk_widget_set_device_window (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkDevice *device,
GdkWindow *window)
{
GHashTable *device_window;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device));
g_return_if_fail (window == NULL || GDK_IS_WINDOW (window));
if (!gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
return;
device_window = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pointer_window);
if (!device_window && window)
{
device_window = g_hash_table_new (NULL, NULL);
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
quark_pointer_window,
device_window,
(GDestroyNotify) g_hash_table_destroy);
}
if (window)
g_hash_table_insert (device_window, device, window);
else if (device_window)
{
g_hash_table_remove (device_window, device);
if (g_hash_table_size (device_window) == 0)
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pointer_window, NULL);
}
}
/*
* _gtk_widget_get_device_window:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @device: a #GdkDevice
*
* Return value: the device window set on @widget, or %NULL
*/
GdkWindow *
_gtk_widget_get_device_window (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkDevice *device)
{
GHashTable *device_window;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
g_return_val_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device), NULL);
if (!gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
return NULL;
device_window = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pointer_window);
if (!device_window)
return NULL;
return g_hash_table_lookup (device_window, device);
}
/*
* _gtk_widget_list_devices:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the list of #GdkDevices that is currently on top
* of any window belonging to @widget.
* Free the list with g_list_free(), the elements are owned
* by GTK+ and must not be freed.
*/
GList *
_gtk_widget_list_devices (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GHashTableIter iter;
GHashTable *device_window;
GList *devices = NULL;
gpointer key, value;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
if (!gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
return NULL;
device_window = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pointer_window);
if (G_UNLIKELY (!device_window))
return NULL;
g_hash_table_iter_init (&iter, device_window);
while (g_hash_table_iter_next (&iter, &key, &value))
devices = g_list_prepend (devices, key);
return devices;
}
static void
synth_crossing (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventType type,
GdkWindow *window,
GdkDevice *device,
GdkCrossingMode mode,
GdkNotifyType detail)
{
GdkEvent *event;
event = gdk_event_new (type);
event->crossing.window = g_object_ref (window);
event->crossing.send_event = TRUE;
event->crossing.subwindow = g_object_ref (window);
event->crossing.time = GDK_CURRENT_TIME;
event->crossing.x = event->crossing.y = 0;
event->crossing.x_root = event->crossing.y_root = 0;
event->crossing.mode = mode;
event->crossing.detail = detail;
event->crossing.focus = FALSE;
event->crossing.state = 0;
gdk_event_set_device (event, device);
if (!widget)
widget = gtk_get_event_widget (event);
if (widget)
gtk_widget_event_internal (widget, event);
gdk_event_free (event);
}
/*
* _gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing:
* @from: the #GtkWidget the virtual pointer is leaving.
* @to: the #GtkWidget the virtual pointer is moving to.
* @mode: the #GdkCrossingMode to place on the synthesized events.
*
* Generate crossing event(s) on widget state (sensitivity) or GTK+ grab change.
*
* The real pointer window is the window that most recently received an enter notify
* event. Windows that don't select for crossing events can't become the real
* poiner window. The real pointer widget that owns the real pointer window. The
* effective pointer window is the same as the real pointer window unless the real
* pointer widget is either insensitive or there is a grab on a widget that is not
* an ancestor of the real pointer widget (in which case the effective pointer
* window should be the root window).
*
* When the effective pointer window is the same as the real poiner window, we
* receive crossing events from the windowing system. When the effective pointer
* window changes to become different from the real pointer window we synthesize
* crossing events, attempting to follow X protocol rules:
*
* When the root window becomes the effective pointer window:
* - leave notify on real pointer window, detail Ancestor
* - leave notify on all of its ancestors, detail Virtual
* - enter notify on root window, detail Inferior
*
* When the root window ceases to be the effective pointer window:
* - leave notify on root window, detail Inferior
* - enter notify on all ancestors of real pointer window, detail Virtual
* - enter notify on real pointer window, detail Ancestor
*/
void
_gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing (GtkWidget *from,
GtkWidget *to,
GdkDevice *device,
GdkCrossingMode mode)
{
GdkWindow *from_window = NULL, *to_window = NULL;
g_return_if_fail (from != NULL || to != NULL);
if (from != NULL)
{
from_window = _gtk_widget_get_device_window (from, device);
if (!from_window)
from_window = from->priv->window;
}
if (to != NULL)
{
to_window = _gtk_widget_get_device_window (to, device);
if (!to_window)
to_window = to->priv->window;
}
if (from_window == NULL && to_window == NULL)
;
else if (from_window != NULL && to_window == NULL)
{
GList *from_ancestors = NULL, *list;
GdkWindow *from_ancestor = from_window;
while (from_ancestor != NULL)
{
from_ancestor = gdk_window_get_effective_parent (from_ancestor);
if (from_ancestor == NULL)
break;
from_ancestors = g_list_prepend (from_ancestors, from_ancestor);
}
synth_crossing (from, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, from_window,
device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_ANCESTOR);
for (list = g_list_last (from_ancestors); list; list = list->prev)
{
synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_VIRTUAL);
}
/* XXX: enter/inferior on root window? */
g_list_free (from_ancestors);
}
else if (from_window == NULL && to_window != NULL)
{
GList *to_ancestors = NULL, *list;
GdkWindow *to_ancestor = to_window;
while (to_ancestor != NULL)
{
to_ancestor = gdk_window_get_effective_parent (to_ancestor);
if (to_ancestor == NULL)
break;
to_ancestors = g_list_prepend (to_ancestors, to_ancestor);
}
/* XXX: leave/inferior on root window? */
for (list = to_ancestors; list; list = list->next)
{
synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_VIRTUAL);
}
synth_crossing (to, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, to_window,
device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_ANCESTOR);
g_list_free (to_ancestors);
}
else if (from_window == to_window)
;
else
{
GList *from_ancestors = NULL, *to_ancestors = NULL, *list;
GdkWindow *from_ancestor = from_window, *to_ancestor = to_window;
while (from_ancestor != NULL || to_ancestor != NULL)
{
if (from_ancestor != NULL)
{
from_ancestor = gdk_window_get_effective_parent (from_ancestor);
if (from_ancestor == to_window)
break;
if (from_ancestor)
from_ancestors = g_list_prepend (from_ancestors, from_ancestor);
}
if (to_ancestor != NULL)
{
to_ancestor = gdk_window_get_effective_parent (to_ancestor);
if (to_ancestor == from_window)
break;
if (to_ancestor)
to_ancestors = g_list_prepend (to_ancestors, to_ancestor);
}
}
if (to_ancestor == from_window)
{
if (mode != GDK_CROSSING_GTK_UNGRAB)
synth_crossing (from, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, from_window,
device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_INFERIOR);
for (list = to_ancestors; list; list = list->next)
synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_VIRTUAL);
synth_crossing (to, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, to_window,
device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_ANCESTOR);
}
else if (from_ancestor == to_window)
{
synth_crossing (from, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, from_window,
device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_ANCESTOR);
for (list = g_list_last (from_ancestors); list; list = list->prev)
{
synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_VIRTUAL);
}
if (mode != GDK_CROSSING_GTK_GRAB)
synth_crossing (to, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, to_window,
device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_INFERIOR);
}
else
{
while (from_ancestors != NULL && to_ancestors != NULL
&& from_ancestors->data == to_ancestors->data)
{
from_ancestors = g_list_delete_link (from_ancestors,
from_ancestors);
to_ancestors = g_list_delete_link (to_ancestors, to_ancestors);
}
synth_crossing (from, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, from_window,
device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_NONLINEAR);
for (list = g_list_last (from_ancestors); list; list = list->prev)
{
synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_NONLINEAR_VIRTUAL);
}
for (list = to_ancestors; list; list = list->next)
{
synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_NONLINEAR_VIRTUAL);
}
synth_crossing (to, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, to_window,
device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_NONLINEAR);
}
g_list_free (from_ancestors);
g_list_free (to_ancestors);
}
}
static void
gtk_widget_propagate_state (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkStateData *data)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
GtkStateFlags new_flags, old_flags = priv->state_flags;
GtkStateType old_state;
old_state = gtk_widget_get_state (widget);
switch (data->operation)
{
case STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE:
priv->state_flags = data->flags;
break;
case STATE_CHANGE_SET:
priv->state_flags |= data->flags;
break;
case STATE_CHANGE_UNSET:
priv->state_flags &= ~(data->flags);
break;
}
/* make insensitivity unoverridable */
if (!priv->sensitive)
priv->state_flags |= GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE;
if (gtk_widget_is_focus (widget) && !gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
{
GtkWidget *window;
window = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
if (window && gtk_widget_is_toplevel (window))
gtk_window_set_focus (GTK_WINDOW (window), NULL);
}
new_flags = priv->state_flags;
if (old_flags != new_flags)
{
g_object_ref (widget);
if (!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget) && gtk_widget_has_grab (widget))
gtk_grab_remove (widget);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[STATE_CHANGED], 0, old_state);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[STATE_FLAGS_CHANGED], 0, old_flags);
if (!priv->shadowed)
{
GList *event_windows = NULL;
GList *devices, *d;
devices = _gtk_widget_list_devices (widget);
for (d = devices; d; d = d->next)
{
GdkWindow *window;
GdkDevice *device;
device = d->data;
window = _gtk_widget_get_device_window (widget, device);
/* Do not propagate more than once to the
* same window if non-multidevice aware.
*/
if (!gdk_window_get_support_multidevice (window) &&
g_list_find (event_windows, window))
continue;
if (!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
_gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing (widget, NULL, d->data,
GDK_CROSSING_STATE_CHANGED);
else if (old_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE)
_gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing (NULL, widget, d->data,
GDK_CROSSING_STATE_CHANGED);
event_windows = g_list_prepend (event_windows, window);
}
g_list_free (event_windows);
g_list_free (devices);
}
if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
{
GtkStateData child_data = *data;
/* Make sure to only propate the right states further */
child_data.flags &= GTK_STATE_FLAGS_DO_PROPAGATE;
if (child_data.use_forall)
gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
(GtkCallback) gtk_widget_propagate_state,
&child_data);
else
gtk_container_foreach (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
(GtkCallback) gtk_widget_propagate_state,
&child_data);
}
/* Trigger state change transitions for the widget */
if (priv->context &&
gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
{
gint diff, flag = 1;
diff = old_flags ^ new_flags;
while (diff != 0)
{
if ((diff & flag) != 0)
{
gboolean target;
target = ((new_flags & flag) != 0);
_gtk_widget_notify_state_change (widget, flag, target);
diff &= ~flag;
}
flag <<= 1;
}
}
g_object_unref (widget);
}
}
static const GtkWidgetAuxInfo default_aux_info = {
-1, -1,
GTK_ALIGN_FILL,
GTK_ALIGN_FILL,
{ 0, 0, 0, 0 }
};
/*
* gtk_widget_get_aux_info:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @create: if %TRUE, create the structure if it doesn't exist
*
* Get the #GtkWidgetAuxInfo structure for the widget.
*
* Return value: the #GtkAuxInfo structure for the widget, or
* %NULL if @create is %FALSE and one doesn't already exist.
*/
static GtkWidgetAuxInfo *
gtk_widget_get_aux_info (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean create)
{
GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
aux_info = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_aux_info);
if (!aux_info && create)
{
aux_info = g_slice_new0 (GtkWidgetAuxInfo);
*aux_info = default_aux_info;
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_aux_info, aux_info);
}
return aux_info;
}
static const GtkWidgetAuxInfo*
_gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
aux_info = gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, FALSE);
if (aux_info == NULL)
{
return &default_aux_info;
}
else
{
return aux_info;
}
}
/*****************************************
* gtk_widget_aux_info_destroy:
*
* arguments:
*
* results:
*****************************************/
static void
gtk_widget_aux_info_destroy (GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info)
{
g_slice_free (GtkWidgetAuxInfo, aux_info);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_shape_combine_region:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @region: (allow-none): shape to be added, or %NULL to remove an existing shape
*
* Sets a shape for this widget's GDK window. This allows for
* transparent windows etc., see gdk_window_shape_combine_region()
* for more information.
*
* Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_widget_shape_combine_region (GtkWidget *widget,
cairo_region_t *region)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
/* set_shape doesn't work on widgets without gdk window */
g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget));
priv = widget->priv;
if (region == NULL)
{
priv->has_shape_mask = FALSE;
if (priv->window)
gdk_window_shape_combine_region (priv->window, NULL, 0, 0);
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_shape_info, NULL);
}
else
{
priv->has_shape_mask = TRUE;
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_shape_info,
cairo_region_copy (region),
(GDestroyNotify) cairo_region_destroy);
/* set shape if widget has a gdk window already.
* otherwise the shape is scheduled to be set by gtk_widget_realize().
*/
if (priv->window)
gdk_window_shape_combine_region (priv->window, region, 0, 0);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_input_shape_combine_region:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @region: (allow-none): shape to be added, or %NULL to remove an existing shape
*
* Sets an input shape for this widget's GDK window. This allows for
* windows which react to mouse click in a nonrectangular region, see
* gdk_window_input_shape_combine_region() for more information.
*
* Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_widget_input_shape_combine_region (GtkWidget *widget,
cairo_region_t *region)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
/* set_shape doesn't work on widgets without gdk window */
g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget));
priv = widget->priv;
if (region == NULL)
{
if (priv->window)
gdk_window_input_shape_combine_region (priv->window, NULL, 0, 0);
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_input_shape_info, NULL);
}
else
{
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_input_shape_info,
cairo_region_copy (region),
(GDestroyNotify) cairo_region_destroy);
/* set shape if widget has a gdk window already.
* otherwise the shape is scheduled to be set by gtk_widget_realize().
*/
if (priv->window)
gdk_window_input_shape_combine_region (priv->window, region, 0, 0);
}
}
/* style properties
*/
/**
* gtk_widget_class_install_style_property_parser: (skip)
* @klass: a #GtkWidgetClass
* @pspec: the #GParamSpec for the style property
* @parser: the parser for the style property
*
* Installs a style property on a widget class.
**/
void
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property_parser (GtkWidgetClass *klass,
GParamSpec *pspec,
GtkRcPropertyParser parser)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (klass));
g_return_if_fail (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC (pspec));
g_return_if_fail (pspec->flags & G_PARAM_READABLE);
g_return_if_fail (!(pspec->flags & (G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT_ONLY | G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT)));
if (g_param_spec_pool_lookup (style_property_spec_pool, pspec->name, G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass), FALSE))
{
g_warning (G_STRLOC ": class `%s' already contains a style property named `%s'",
G_OBJECT_CLASS_NAME (klass),
pspec->name);
return;
}
g_param_spec_ref_sink (pspec);
g_param_spec_set_qdata (pspec, quark_property_parser, (gpointer) parser);
g_param_spec_pool_insert (style_property_spec_pool, pspec, G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass));
}
/**
* gtk_widget_class_install_style_property:
* @klass: a #GtkWidgetClass
* @pspec: the #GParamSpec for the property
*
* Installs a style property on a widget class. The parser for the
* style property is determined by the value type of @pspec.
**/
void
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (GtkWidgetClass *klass,
GParamSpec *pspec)
{
GtkRcPropertyParser parser;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (klass));
g_return_if_fail (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC (pspec));
parser = _gtk_rc_property_parser_from_type (G_PARAM_SPEC_VALUE_TYPE (pspec));
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property_parser (klass, pspec, parser);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_class_find_style_property:
* @klass: a #GtkWidgetClass
* @property_name: the name of the style property to find
*
* Finds a style property of a widget class by name.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the #GParamSpec of the style property or
* %NULL if @class has no style property with that name.
*
* Since: 2.2
*/
GParamSpec*
gtk_widget_class_find_style_property (GtkWidgetClass *klass,
const gchar *property_name)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (property_name != NULL, NULL);
return g_param_spec_pool_lookup (style_property_spec_pool,
property_name,
G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass),
TRUE);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_class_list_style_properties:
* @klass: a #GtkWidgetClass
* @n_properties: location to return the number of style properties found
*
* Returns all style properties of a widget class.
*
* Returns: (array length=n_properties) (transfer container): a
* newly allocated array of #GParamSpec*. The array must be
* freed with g_free().
*
* Since: 2.2
*/
GParamSpec**
gtk_widget_class_list_style_properties (GtkWidgetClass *klass,
guint *n_properties)
{
GParamSpec **pspecs;
guint n;
pspecs = g_param_spec_pool_list (style_property_spec_pool,
G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass),
&n);
if (n_properties)
*n_properties = n;
return pspecs;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_style_get_property:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @property_name: the name of a style property
* @value: location to return the property value
*
* Gets the value of a style property of @widget.
*/
void
gtk_widget_style_get_property (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *property_name,
GValue *value)
{
GParamSpec *pspec;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (property_name != NULL);
g_return_if_fail (G_IS_VALUE (value));
g_object_ref (widget);
pspec = g_param_spec_pool_lookup (style_property_spec_pool,
property_name,
G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget),
TRUE);
if (!pspec)
g_warning ("%s: widget class `%s' has no property named `%s'",
G_STRLOC,
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget),
property_name);
else
{
GtkStyleContext *context;
const GValue *peek_value;
GtkStateFlags state;
context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
state = gtk_widget_get_state_flags (widget);
peek_value = _gtk_style_context_peek_style_property (context,
G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget),
state, pspec);
/* auto-conversion of the caller's value type
*/
if (G_VALUE_TYPE (value) == G_PARAM_SPEC_VALUE_TYPE (pspec))
g_value_copy (peek_value, value);
else if (g_value_type_transformable (G_PARAM_SPEC_VALUE_TYPE (pspec), G_VALUE_TYPE (value)))
g_value_transform (peek_value, value);
else
g_warning ("can't retrieve style property `%s' of type `%s' as value of type `%s'",
pspec->name,
g_type_name (G_PARAM_SPEC_VALUE_TYPE (pspec)),
G_VALUE_TYPE_NAME (value));
}
g_object_unref (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_style_get_valist:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @first_property_name: the name of the first property to get
* @var_args: a <type>va_list</type> of pairs of property names and
* locations to return the property values, starting with the location
* for @first_property_name.
*
* Non-vararg variant of gtk_widget_style_get(). Used primarily by language
* bindings.
*/
void
gtk_widget_style_get_valist (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *first_property_name,
va_list var_args)
{
GtkStyleContext *context;
GtkStateFlags state;
const gchar *name;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_object_ref (widget);
context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
state = gtk_widget_get_state_flags (widget);
name = first_property_name;
while (name)
{
const GValue *peek_value;
GParamSpec *pspec;
gchar *error;
pspec = g_param_spec_pool_lookup (style_property_spec_pool,
name,
G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget),
TRUE);
if (!pspec)
{
g_warning ("%s: widget class `%s' has no property named `%s'",
G_STRLOC,
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget),
name);
break;
}
/* style pspecs are always readable so we can spare that check here */
peek_value = _gtk_style_context_peek_style_property (context,
G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget),
state, pspec);
G_VALUE_LCOPY (peek_value, var_args, 0, &error);
if (error)
{
g_warning ("%s: %s", G_STRLOC, error);
g_free (error);
break;
}
name = va_arg (var_args, gchar*);
}
g_object_unref (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_style_get:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @first_property_name: the name of the first property to get
* @...: pairs of property names and locations to return the
* property values, starting with the location for
* @first_property_name, terminated by %NULL.
*
* Gets the values of a multiple style properties of @widget.
*/
void
gtk_widget_style_get (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *first_property_name,
...)
{
va_list var_args;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
va_start (var_args, first_property_name);
gtk_widget_style_get_valist (widget, first_property_name, var_args);
va_end (var_args);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_path:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @path_length: (out) (allow-none): location to store length of the path,
* or %NULL
* @path: (out) (allow-none): location to store allocated path string,
* or %NULL
* @path_reversed: (out) (allow-none): location to store allocated reverse
* path string, or %NULL
*
* Obtains the full path to @widget. The path is simply the name of a
* widget and all its parents in the container hierarchy, separated by
* periods. The name of a widget comes from
* gtk_widget_get_name(). Paths are used to apply styles to a widget
* in gtkrc configuration files. Widget names are the type of the
* widget by default (e.g. "GtkButton") or can be set to an
* application-specific value with gtk_widget_set_name(). By setting
* the name of a widget, you allow users or theme authors to apply
* styles to that specific widget in their gtkrc
* file. @path_reversed_p fills in the path in reverse order,
* i.e. starting with @widget's name instead of starting with the name
* of @widget's outermost ancestor.
*
* Deprecated:3.0: Use gtk_widget_get_path() instead
**/
void
gtk_widget_path (GtkWidget *widget,
guint *path_length,
gchar **path,
gchar **path_reversed)
{
static gchar *rev_path = NULL;
static guint tmp_path_len = 0;
guint len;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
len = 0;
do
{
const gchar *string;
const gchar *s;
gchar *d;
guint l;
string = gtk_widget_get_name (widget);
l = strlen (string);
while (tmp_path_len <= len + l + 1)
{
tmp_path_len += INIT_PATH_SIZE;
rev_path = g_realloc (rev_path, tmp_path_len);
}
s = string + l - 1;
d = rev_path + len;
while (s >= string)
*(d++) = *(s--);
len += l;
widget = widget->priv->parent;
if (widget)
rev_path[len++] = '.';
else
rev_path[len++] = 0;
}
while (widget);
if (path_length)
*path_length = len - 1;
if (path_reversed)
*path_reversed = g_strdup (rev_path);
if (path)
{
*path = g_strdup (rev_path);
g_strreverse (*path);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_class_path:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @path_length: (out) (allow-none): location to store the length of the
* class path, or %NULL
* @path: (out) (allow-none): location to store the class path as an
* allocated string, or %NULL
* @path_reversed: (out) (allow-none): location to store the reverse
* class path as an allocated string, or %NULL
*
* Same as gtk_widget_path(), but always uses the name of a widget's type,
* never uses a custom name set with gtk_widget_set_name().
*
* Deprecated:3.0: Use gtk_widget_get_path() instead
**/
void
gtk_widget_class_path (GtkWidget *widget,
guint *path_length,
gchar **path,
gchar **path_reversed)
{
static gchar *rev_path = NULL;
static guint tmp_path_len = 0;
guint len;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
len = 0;
do
{
const gchar *string;
const gchar *s;
gchar *d;
guint l;
string = g_type_name (G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget));
l = strlen (string);
while (tmp_path_len <= len + l + 1)
{
tmp_path_len += INIT_PATH_SIZE;
rev_path = g_realloc (rev_path, tmp_path_len);
}
s = string + l - 1;
d = rev_path + len;
while (s >= string)
*(d++) = *(s--);
len += l;
widget = widget->priv->parent;
if (widget)
rev_path[len++] = '.';
else
rev_path[len++] = 0;
}
while (widget);
if (path_length)
*path_length = len - 1;
if (path_reversed)
*path_reversed = g_strdup (rev_path);
if (path)
{
*path = g_strdup (rev_path);
g_strreverse (*path);
}
}
/**
* gtk_requisition_new:
*
* Allocates a new #GtkRequisition structure and initializes its elements to zero.
*
* Returns: a new empty #GtkRequisition. The newly allocated #GtkRequisition should
* be freed with gtk_requisition_free().
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
GtkRequisition *
gtk_requisition_new (void)
{
return g_slice_new0 (GtkRequisition);
}
/**
* gtk_requisition_copy:
* @requisition: a #GtkRequisition
*
* Copies a #GtkRequisition.
*
* Returns: a copy of @requisition
**/
GtkRequisition *
gtk_requisition_copy (const GtkRequisition *requisition)
{
return g_slice_dup (GtkRequisition, requisition);
}
/**
* gtk_requisition_free:
* @requisition: a #GtkRequisition
*
* Frees a #GtkRequisition.
**/
void
gtk_requisition_free (GtkRequisition *requisition)
{
g_slice_free (GtkRequisition, requisition);
}
G_DEFINE_BOXED_TYPE (GtkRequisition, gtk_requisition,
gtk_requisition_copy,
gtk_requisition_free)
/**
* gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_type:
* @widget_class: class to set the accessible type for
* @type: The object type that implements the accessible for @widget_class
*
* Sets the type to be used for creating accessibles for widgets of
* @widget_class. The given @type must be a subtype of the type used for
* accessibles of the parent class.
*
* This function should only be called from class init functions of widgets.
*
* Since: 3.2
**/
void
gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_type (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
GType type)
{
GtkWidgetClassPrivate *priv;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class));
g_return_if_fail (g_type_is_a (type, widget_class->priv->accessible_type));
priv = widget_class->priv;
priv->accessible_type = type;
/* reset this - honoring the type's role is better. */
priv->accessible_role = ATK_ROLE_INVALID;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_role:
* @widget_class: class to set the accessible role for
* @role: The role to use for accessibles created for @widget_class
*
* Sets the default #AtkRole to be set on accessibles created for
* widgets of @widget_class. Accessibles may decide to not honor this
* setting if their role reporting is more refined. Calls to
* gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_type() will reset this value.
*
* In cases where you want more fine-grained control over the role of
* accessibles created for @widget_class, you should provide your own
* accessible type and use gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_type()
* instead.
*
* If @role is #ATK_ROLE_INVALID, the default role will not be changed
* and the accessible's default role will be used instead.
*
* This function should only be called from class init functions of widgets.
*
* Since: 3.2
**/
void
gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_role (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
AtkRole role)
{
GtkWidgetClassPrivate *priv;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class));
priv = widget_class->priv;
priv->accessible_role = role;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_accessible:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the accessible object that describes the widget to an
* assistive technology.
*
* If accessibility support is not available, this #AtkObject
* instance may be a no-op. Likewise, if no class-specific #AtkObject
* implementation is available for the widget instance in question,
* it will inherit an #AtkObject implementation from the first ancestor
* class for which such an implementation is defined.
*
* The documentation of the
* <ulink url="http://library.gnome.org/devel/atk/stable/">ATK</ulink>
* library contains more information about accessible objects and their uses.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the #AtkObject associated with @widget
*/
AtkObject*
gtk_widget_get_accessible (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetClass *klass;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
klass = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget);
g_return_val_if_fail (klass->get_accessible != NULL, NULL);
return klass->get_accessible (widget);
}
static AtkObject*
gtk_widget_real_get_accessible (GtkWidget *widget)
{
AtkObject* accessible;
accessible = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
quark_accessible_object);
if (!accessible)
{
GtkWidgetClass *widget_class;
GtkWidgetClassPrivate *priv;
AtkObjectFactory *factory;
AtkRegistry *default_registry;
widget_class = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget);
priv = widget_class->priv;
if (priv->accessible_type == GTK_TYPE_ACCESSIBLE)
{
default_registry = atk_get_default_registry ();
factory = atk_registry_get_factory (default_registry,
G_TYPE_FROM_INSTANCE (widget));
accessible =
atk_object_factory_create_accessible (factory,
G_OBJECT (widget));
if (priv->accessible_role != ATK_ROLE_INVALID)
atk_object_set_role (accessible, priv->accessible_role);
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
quark_accessible_object,
accessible);
}
else
{
accessible = g_object_new (priv->accessible_type, NULL);
if (priv->accessible_role != ATK_ROLE_INVALID)
atk_object_set_role (accessible, priv->accessible_role);
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
quark_accessible_object,
accessible);
atk_object_initialize (accessible, widget);
/* Set the role again, since we don't want a role set
* in some parent initialize() function to override
* our own.
*/
if (priv->accessible_role != ATK_ROLE_INVALID)
atk_object_set_role (accessible, priv->accessible_role);
}
}
return accessible;
}
/*
* Initialize a AtkImplementorIface instance's virtual pointers as
* appropriate to this implementor's class (GtkWidget).
*/
static void
gtk_widget_accessible_interface_init (AtkImplementorIface *iface)
{
iface->ref_accessible = gtk_widget_ref_accessible;
}
static AtkObject*
gtk_widget_ref_accessible (AtkImplementor *implementor)
{
AtkObject *accessible;
accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (implementor));
if (accessible)
g_object_ref (accessible);
return accessible;
}
/*
* Expand flag management
*/
static void
gtk_widget_update_computed_expand (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
priv = widget->priv;
if (priv->need_compute_expand)
{
gboolean h, v;
if (priv->hexpand_set)
h = priv->hexpand;
else
h = FALSE;
if (priv->vexpand_set)
v = priv->vexpand;
else
v = FALSE;
/* we don't need to use compute_expand if both expands are
* forced by the app
*/
if (!(priv->hexpand_set && priv->vexpand_set))
{
if (GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->compute_expand != NULL)
{
gboolean ignored;
GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->compute_expand (widget,
priv->hexpand_set ? &ignored : &h,
priv->vexpand_set ? &ignored : &v);
}
}
priv->need_compute_expand = FALSE;
priv->computed_hexpand = h != FALSE;
priv->computed_vexpand = v != FALSE;
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Mark @widget as needing to recompute its expand flags. Call
* this function when setting legacy expand child properties
* on the child of a container.
*
* See gtk_widget_compute_expand().
*/
void
gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidget *parent;
gboolean changed_anything;
if (widget->priv->need_compute_expand)
return;
changed_anything = FALSE;
parent = widget;
while (parent != NULL)
{
if (!parent->priv->need_compute_expand)
{
parent->priv->need_compute_expand = TRUE;
changed_anything = TRUE;
}
/* Note: if we had an invariant that "if a child needs to
* compute expand, its parents also do" then we could stop going
* up when we got to a parent that already needed to
* compute. However, in general we compute expand lazily (as
* soon as we see something in a subtree that is expand, we know
* we're expanding) and so this invariant does not hold and we
* have to always walk all the way up in case some ancestor
* is not currently need_compute_expand.
*/
parent = parent->priv->parent;
}
/* recomputing expand always requires
* a relayout as well
*/
if (changed_anything)
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_compute_expand:
* @widget: the widget
* @orientation: expand direction
*
* Computes whether a container should give this widget extra space
* when possible. Containers should check this, rather than
* looking at gtk_widget_get_hexpand() or gtk_widget_get_vexpand().
*
* This function already checks whether the widget is visible, so
* visibility does not need to be checked separately. Non-visible
* widgets are not expanded.
*
* The computed expand value uses either the expand setting explicitly
* set on the widget itself, or, if none has been explicitly set,
* the widget may expand if some of its children do.
*
* Return value: whether widget tree rooted here should be expanded
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_compute_expand (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkOrientation orientation)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
/* We never make a widget expand if not even showing. */
if (!gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
return FALSE;
gtk_widget_update_computed_expand (widget);
if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
{
return widget->priv->computed_hexpand;
}
else
{
return widget->priv->computed_vexpand;
}
}
static void
gtk_widget_set_expand (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkOrientation orientation,
gboolean expand)
{
const char *expand_prop;
const char *expand_set_prop;
gboolean was_both;
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
priv = widget->priv;
expand = expand != FALSE;
was_both = priv->hexpand && priv->vexpand;
if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
{
if (priv->hexpand_set &&
priv->hexpand == expand)
return;
priv->hexpand_set = TRUE;
priv->hexpand = expand;
expand_prop = "hexpand";
expand_set_prop = "hexpand-set";
}
else
{
if (priv->vexpand_set &&
priv->vexpand == expand)
return;
priv->vexpand_set = TRUE;
priv->vexpand = expand;
expand_prop = "vexpand";
expand_set_prop = "vexpand-set";
}
gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (widget);
g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), expand_prop);
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), expand_set_prop);
if (was_both != (priv->hexpand && priv->vexpand))
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "expand");
g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
}
static void
gtk_widget_set_expand_set (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkOrientation orientation,
gboolean set)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
const char *prop;
priv = widget->priv;
set = set != FALSE;
if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
{
if (set == priv->hexpand_set)
return;
priv->hexpand_set = set;
prop = "hexpand-set";
}
else
{
if (set == priv->vexpand_set)
return;
priv->vexpand_set = set;
prop = "vexpand-set";
}
gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (widget);
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), prop);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_hexpand:
* @widget: the widget
*
* Gets whether the widget would like any available extra horizontal
* space. When a user resizes a #GtkWindow, widgets with expand=TRUE
* generally receive the extra space. For example, a list or
* scrollable area or document in your window would often be set to
* expand.
*
* Containers should use gtk_widget_compute_expand() rather than
* this function, to see whether a widget, or any of its children,
* has the expand flag set. If any child of a widget wants to
* expand, the parent may ask to expand also.
*
* This function only looks at the widget's own hexpand flag, rather
* than computing whether the entire widget tree rooted at this widget
* wants to expand.
*
* Return value: whether hexpand flag is set
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_hexpand (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->hexpand;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_hexpand:
* @widget: the widget
* @expand: whether to expand
*
* Sets whether the widget would like any available extra horizontal
* space. When a user resizes a #GtkWindow, widgets with expand=TRUE
* generally receive the extra space. For example, a list or
* scrollable area or document in your window would often be set to
* expand.
*
* Call this function to set the expand flag if you would like your
* widget to become larger horizontally when the window has extra
* room.
*
* By default, widgets automatically expand if any of their children
* want to expand. (To see if a widget will automatically expand given
* its current children and state, call gtk_widget_compute_expand(). A
* container can decide how the expandability of children affects the
* expansion of the container by overriding the compute_expand virtual
* method on #GtkWidget.).
*
* Setting hexpand explicitly with this function will override the
* automatic expand behavior.
*
* This function forces the widget to expand or not to expand,
* regardless of children. The override occurs because
* gtk_widget_set_hexpand() sets the hexpand-set property (see
* gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set()) which causes the widget's hexpand
* value to be used, rather than looking at children and widget state.
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_hexpand (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean expand)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
gtk_widget_set_expand (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL, expand);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set:
* @widget: the widget
*
* Gets whether gtk_widget_set_hexpand() has been used to
* explicitly set the expand flag on this widget.
*
* If hexpand is set, then it overrides any computed
* expand value based on child widgets. If hexpand is not
* set, then the expand value depends on whether any
* children of the widget would like to expand.
*
* There are few reasons to use this function, but it's here
* for completeness and consistency.
*
* Return value: whether hexpand has been explicitly set
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->hexpand_set;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set:
* @widget: the widget
* @set: value for hexpand-set property
*
* Sets whether the hexpand flag (see gtk_widget_get_hexpand()) will
* be used.
*
* The hexpand-set property will be set automatically when you call
* gtk_widget_set_hexpand() to set hexpand, so the most likely
* reason to use this function would be to unset an explicit expand
* flag.
*
* If hexpand is set, then it overrides any computed
* expand value based on child widgets. If hexpand is not
* set, then the expand value depends on whether any
* children of the widget would like to expand.
*
* There are few reasons to use this function, but it's here
* for completeness and consistency.
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean set)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
gtk_widget_set_expand_set (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL, set);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_vexpand:
* @widget: the widget
*
* Gets whether the widget would like any available extra vertical
* space.
*
* See gtk_widget_get_hexpand() for more detail.
*
* Return value: whether vexpand flag is set
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_vexpand (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->vexpand;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_vexpand:
* @widget: the widget
* @expand: whether to expand
*
* Sets whether the widget would like any available extra vertical
* space.
*
* See gtk_widget_set_hexpand() for more detail.
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_vexpand (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean expand)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
gtk_widget_set_expand (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL, expand);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_vexpand_set:
* @widget: the widget
*
* Gets whether gtk_widget_set_vexpand() has been used to
* explicitly set the expand flag on this widget.
*
* See gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set() for more detail.
*
* Return value: whether vexpand has been explicitly set
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_vexpand_set (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->vexpand_set;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_vexpand_set:
* @widget: the widget
* @set: value for vexpand-set property
*
* Sets whether the vexpand flag (see gtk_widget_get_vexpand()) will
* be used.
*
* See gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set() for more detail.
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_vexpand_set (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean set)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
gtk_widget_set_expand_set (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL, set);
}
/*
* GtkBuildable implementation
*/
static GQuark quark_builder_has_default = 0;
static GQuark quark_builder_has_focus = 0;
static GQuark quark_builder_atk_relations = 0;
static GQuark quark_builder_set_name = 0;
static void
gtk_widget_buildable_interface_init (GtkBuildableIface *iface)
{
quark_builder_has_default = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-builder-has-default");
quark_builder_has_focus = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-builder-has-focus");
quark_builder_atk_relations = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-builder-atk-relations");
quark_builder_set_name = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-builder-set-name");
iface->set_name = gtk_widget_buildable_set_name;
iface->get_name = gtk_widget_buildable_get_name;
iface->get_internal_child = gtk_widget_buildable_get_internal_child;
iface->set_buildable_property = gtk_widget_buildable_set_buildable_property;
iface->parser_finished = gtk_widget_buildable_parser_finished;
iface->custom_tag_start = gtk_widget_buildable_custom_tag_start;
iface->custom_finished = gtk_widget_buildable_custom_finished;
}
static void
gtk_widget_buildable_set_name (GtkBuildable *buildable,
const gchar *name)
{
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_set_name,
g_strdup (name), g_free);
}
static const gchar *
gtk_widget_buildable_get_name (GtkBuildable *buildable)
{
return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_set_name);
}
static GObject *
gtk_widget_buildable_get_internal_child (GtkBuildable *buildable,
GtkBuilder *builder,
const gchar *childname)
{
if (strcmp (childname, "accessible") == 0)
return G_OBJECT (gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (buildable)));
return NULL;
}
static void
gtk_widget_buildable_set_buildable_property (GtkBuildable *buildable,
GtkBuilder *builder,
const gchar *name,
const GValue *value)
{
if (strcmp (name, "has-default") == 0 && g_value_get_boolean (value))
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_default,
GINT_TO_POINTER (TRUE));
else if (strcmp (name, "has-focus") == 0 && g_value_get_boolean (value))
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_focus,
GINT_TO_POINTER (TRUE));
else
g_object_set_property (G_OBJECT (buildable), name, value);
}
typedef struct
{
gchar *action_name;
GString *description;
gchar *context;
gboolean translatable;
} AtkActionData;
typedef struct
{
gchar *target;
gchar *type;
} AtkRelationData;
static void
free_action (AtkActionData *data, gpointer user_data)
{
g_free (data->action_name);
g_string_free (data->description, TRUE);
g_free (data->context);
g_slice_free (AtkActionData, data);
}
static void
free_relation (AtkRelationData *data, gpointer user_data)
{
g_free (data->target);
g_free (data->type);
g_slice_free (AtkRelationData, data);
}
static void
gtk_widget_buildable_parser_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
GtkBuilder *builder)
{
GSList *atk_relations;
if (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_default))
gtk_widget_grab_default (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
if (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_focus))
gtk_widget_grab_focus (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
atk_relations = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable),
quark_builder_atk_relations);
if (atk_relations)
{
AtkObject *accessible;
AtkRelationSet *relation_set;
GSList *l;
GObject *target;
AtkRelationType relation_type;
AtkObject *target_accessible;
accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
relation_set = atk_object_ref_relation_set (accessible);
for (l = atk_relations; l; l = l->next)
{
AtkRelationData *relation = (AtkRelationData*)l->data;
target = gtk_builder_get_object (builder, relation->target);
if (!target)
{
g_warning ("Target object %s in <relation> does not exist",
relation->target);
continue;
}
target_accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (target));
g_assert (target_accessible != NULL);
relation_type = atk_relation_type_for_name (relation->type);
if (relation_type == ATK_RELATION_NULL)
{
g_warning ("<relation> type %s not found",
relation->type);
continue;
}
atk_relation_set_add_relation_by_type (relation_set, relation_type,
target_accessible);
}
g_object_unref (relation_set);
g_slist_foreach (atk_relations, (GFunc)free_relation, NULL);
g_slist_free (atk_relations);
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_atk_relations,
NULL);
}
}
typedef struct
{
GSList *actions;
GSList *relations;
} AccessibilitySubParserData;
static void
accessibility_start_element (GMarkupParseContext *context,
const gchar *element_name,
const gchar **names,
const gchar **values,
gpointer user_data,
GError **error)
{
AccessibilitySubParserData *data = (AccessibilitySubParserData*)user_data;
guint i;
gint line_number, char_number;
if (strcmp (element_name, "relation") == 0)
{
gchar *target = NULL;
gchar *type = NULL;
AtkRelationData *relation;
for (i = 0; names[i]; i++)
{
if (strcmp (names[i], "target") == 0)
target = g_strdup (values[i]);
else if (strcmp (names[i], "type") == 0)
type = g_strdup (values[i]);
else
{
g_markup_parse_context_get_position (context,
&line_number,
&char_number);
g_set_error (error,
GTK_BUILDER_ERROR,
GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_INVALID_ATTRIBUTE,
"%s:%d:%d '%s' is not a valid attribute of <%s>",
"<input>",
line_number, char_number, names[i], "relation");
g_free (target);
g_free (type);
return;
}
}
if (!target || !type)
{
g_markup_parse_context_get_position (context,
&line_number,
&char_number);
g_set_error (error,
GTK_BUILDER_ERROR,
GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_MISSING_ATTRIBUTE,
"%s:%d:%d <%s> requires attribute \"%s\"",
"<input>",
line_number, char_number, "relation",
type ? "target" : "type");
g_free (target);
g_free (type);
return;
}
relation = g_slice_new (AtkRelationData);
relation->target = target;
relation->type = type;
data->relations = g_slist_prepend (data->relations, relation);
}
else if (strcmp (element_name, "action") == 0)
{
const gchar *action_name = NULL;
const gchar *description = NULL;
const gchar *msg_context = NULL;
gboolean translatable = FALSE;
AtkActionData *action;
for (i = 0; names[i]; i++)
{
if (strcmp (names[i], "action_name") == 0)
action_name = values[i];
else if (strcmp (names[i], "description") == 0)
description = values[i];
else if (strcmp (names[i], "translatable") == 0)
{
if (!_gtk_builder_boolean_from_string (values[i], &translatable, error))
return;
}
else if (strcmp (names[i], "comments") == 0)
{
/* do nothing, comments are for translators */
}
else if (strcmp (names[i], "context") == 0)
msg_context = values[i];
else
{
g_markup_parse_context_get_position (context,
&line_number,
&char_number);
g_set_error (error,
GTK_BUILDER_ERROR,
GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_INVALID_ATTRIBUTE,
"%s:%d:%d '%s' is not a valid attribute of <%s>",
"<input>",
line_number, char_number, names[i], "action");
return;
}
}
if (!action_name)
{
g_markup_parse_context_get_position (context,
&line_number,
&char_number);
g_set_error (error,
GTK_BUILDER_ERROR,
GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_MISSING_ATTRIBUTE,
"%s:%d:%d <%s> requires attribute \"%s\"",
"<input>",
line_number, char_number, "action",
"action_name");
return;
}
action = g_slice_new (AtkActionData);
action->action_name = g_strdup (action_name);
action->description = g_string_new (description);
action->context = g_strdup (msg_context);
action->translatable = translatable;
data->actions = g_slist_prepend (data->actions, action);
}
else if (strcmp (element_name, "accessibility") == 0)
;
else
g_warning ("Unsupported tag for GtkWidget: %s\n", element_name);
}
static void
accessibility_text (GMarkupParseContext *context,
const gchar *text,
gsize text_len,
gpointer user_data,
GError **error)
{
AccessibilitySubParserData *data = (AccessibilitySubParserData*)user_data;
if (strcmp (g_markup_parse_context_get_element (context), "action") == 0)
{
AtkActionData *action = data->actions->data;
g_string_append_len (action->description, text, text_len);
}
}
static const GMarkupParser accessibility_parser =
{
accessibility_start_element,
NULL,
accessibility_text,
};
typedef struct
{
GObject *object;
guint key;
guint modifiers;
gchar *signal;
} AccelGroupParserData;
static void
accel_group_start_element (GMarkupParseContext *context,
const gchar *element_name,
const gchar **names,
const gchar **values,
gpointer user_data,
GError **error)
{
gint i;
guint key = 0;
guint modifiers = 0;
gchar *signal = NULL;
AccelGroupParserData *parser_data = (AccelGroupParserData*)user_data;
for (i = 0; names[i]; i++)
{
if (strcmp (names[i], "key") == 0)
key = gdk_keyval_from_name (values[i]);
else if (strcmp (names[i], "modifiers") == 0)
{
if (!_gtk_builder_flags_from_string (GDK_TYPE_MODIFIER_TYPE,
values[i],
&modifiers,
error))
return;
}
else if (strcmp (names[i], "signal") == 0)
signal = g_strdup (values[i]);
}
if (key == 0 || signal == NULL)
{
g_warning ("<accelerator> requires key and signal attributes");
return;
}
parser_data->key = key;
parser_data->modifiers = modifiers;
parser_data->signal = signal;
}
static const GMarkupParser accel_group_parser =
{
accel_group_start_element,
};
typedef struct
{
GSList *classes;
} StyleParserData;
static void
style_start_element (GMarkupParseContext *context,
const gchar *element_name,
const gchar **names,
const gchar **values,
gpointer user_data,
GError **error)
{
StyleParserData *style_data = (StyleParserData *)user_data;
gchar *class_name;
if (strcmp (element_name, "class") == 0)
{
if (g_markup_collect_attributes (element_name,
names,
values,
error,
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_STRDUP, "name", &class_name,
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_INVALID))
{
style_data->classes = g_slist_append (style_data->classes, class_name);
}
}
else if (strcmp (element_name, "style") == 0)
;
else
g_warning ("Unsupported tag for GtkWidget: %s\n", element_name);
}
static const GMarkupParser style_parser =
{
style_start_element,
};
static gboolean
gtk_widget_buildable_custom_tag_start (GtkBuildable *buildable,
GtkBuilder *builder,
GObject *child,
const gchar *tagname,
GMarkupParser *parser,
gpointer *data)
{
g_assert (buildable);
if (strcmp (tagname, "accelerator") == 0)
{
AccelGroupParserData *parser_data;
parser_data = g_slice_new0 (AccelGroupParserData);
parser_data->object = g_object_ref (buildable);
*parser = accel_group_parser;
*data = parser_data;
return TRUE;
}
if (strcmp (tagname, "accessibility") == 0)
{
AccessibilitySubParserData *parser_data;
parser_data = g_slice_new0 (AccessibilitySubParserData);
*parser = accessibility_parser;
*data = parser_data;
return TRUE;
}
if (strcmp (tagname, "style") == 0)
{
StyleParserData *parser_data;
parser_data = g_slice_new0 (StyleParserData);
*parser = style_parser;
*data = parser_data;
return TRUE;
}
return FALSE;
}
void
_gtk_widget_buildable_finish_accelerator (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWidget *toplevel,
gpointer user_data)
{
AccelGroupParserData *accel_data;
GSList *accel_groups;
GtkAccelGroup *accel_group;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (toplevel));
g_return_if_fail (user_data != NULL);
accel_data = (AccelGroupParserData*)user_data;
accel_groups = gtk_accel_groups_from_object (G_OBJECT (toplevel));
if (g_slist_length (accel_groups) == 0)
{
accel_group = gtk_accel_group_new ();
gtk_window_add_accel_group (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), accel_group);
}
else
{
g_assert (g_slist_length (accel_groups) == 1);
accel_group = g_slist_nth_data (accel_groups, 0);
}
gtk_widget_add_accelerator (GTK_WIDGET (accel_data->object),
accel_data->signal,
accel_group,
accel_data->key,
accel_data->modifiers,
GTK_ACCEL_VISIBLE);
g_object_unref (accel_data->object);
g_free (accel_data->signal);
g_slice_free (AccelGroupParserData, accel_data);
}
static void
gtk_widget_buildable_custom_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
GtkBuilder *builder,
GObject *child,
const gchar *tagname,
gpointer user_data)
{
if (strcmp (tagname, "accelerator") == 0)
{
AccelGroupParserData *accel_data;
GtkWidget *toplevel;
accel_data = (AccelGroupParserData*)user_data;
g_assert (accel_data->object);
toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (GTK_WIDGET (accel_data->object));
_gtk_widget_buildable_finish_accelerator (GTK_WIDGET (buildable), toplevel, user_data);
}
else if (strcmp (tagname, "accessibility") == 0)
{
AccessibilitySubParserData *a11y_data;
a11y_data = (AccessibilitySubParserData*)user_data;
if (a11y_data->actions)
{
AtkObject *accessible;
AtkAction *action;
gint i, n_actions;
GSList *l;
accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
if (ATK_IS_ACTION (accessible))
{
action = ATK_ACTION (accessible);
n_actions = atk_action_get_n_actions (action);
for (l = a11y_data->actions; l; l = l->next)
{
AtkActionData *action_data = (AtkActionData*)l->data;
for (i = 0; i < n_actions; i++)
if (strcmp (atk_action_get_name (action, i),
action_data->action_name) == 0)
break;
if (i < n_actions)
{
gchar *description;
if (action_data->translatable && action_data->description->len)
description = _gtk_builder_parser_translate (gtk_builder_get_translation_domain (builder),
action_data->context,
action_data->description->str);
else
description = action_data->description->str;
atk_action_set_description (action, i, description);
}
}
}
else
g_warning ("accessibility action on a widget that does not implement AtkAction");
g_slist_foreach (a11y_data->actions, (GFunc)free_action, NULL);
g_slist_free (a11y_data->actions);
}
if (a11y_data->relations)
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_atk_relations,
a11y_data->relations);
g_slice_free (AccessibilitySubParserData, a11y_data);
}
else if (strcmp (tagname, "style") == 0)
{
StyleParserData *style_data = (StyleParserData *)user_data;
GtkStyleContext *context;
GSList *l;
context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
for (l = style_data->classes; l; l = l->next)
gtk_style_context_add_class (context, (const gchar *)l->data);
gtk_widget_reset_style (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
g_slist_free_full (style_data->classes, g_free);
g_slice_free (StyleParserData, style_data);
}
}
static GtkSizeRequestMode
gtk_widget_real_get_request_mode (GtkWidget *widget)
{
/* By default widgets dont trade size at all. */
return GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_CONSTANT_SIZE;
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_get_width (GtkWidget *widget,
gint *minimum_size,
gint *natural_size)
{
if (minimum_size)
*minimum_size = 0;
if (natural_size)
*natural_size = 0;
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_get_height (GtkWidget *widget,
gint *minimum_size,
gint *natural_size)
{
if (minimum_size)
*minimum_size = 0;
if (natural_size)
*natural_size = 0;
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_get_height_for_width (GtkWidget *widget,
gint width,
gint *minimum_height,
gint *natural_height)
{
GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->get_preferred_height (widget, minimum_height, natural_height);
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_get_width_for_height (GtkWidget *widget,
gint height,
gint *minimum_width,
gint *natural_width)
{
GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->get_preferred_width (widget, minimum_width, natural_width);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_halign:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:halign property.
*
* Returns: the horizontal alignment of @widget
*/
GtkAlign
gtk_widget_get_halign (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), GTK_ALIGN_FILL);
return _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget)->halign;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_halign:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @align: the horizontal alignment
*
* Sets the horizontal alignment of @widget.
* See the #GtkWidget:halign property.
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_halign (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkAlign align)
{
GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
aux_info = gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
if (aux_info->halign == align)
return;
aux_info->halign = align;
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "halign");
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_valign:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:valign property.
*
* Returns: the vertical alignment of @widget
*/
GtkAlign
gtk_widget_get_valign (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), GTK_ALIGN_FILL);
return _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget)->valign;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_valign:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @align: the vertical alignment
*
* Sets the vertical alignment of @widget.
* See the #GtkWidget:valign property.
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_valign (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkAlign align)
{
GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
aux_info = gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
if (aux_info->valign == align)
return;
aux_info->valign = align;
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "valign");
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_margin_left:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-left property.
*
* Returns: The left margin of @widget
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
gint
gtk_widget_get_margin_left (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
return _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget)->margin.left;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_margin_left:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @margin: the left margin
*
* Sets the left margin of @widget.
* See the #GtkWidget:margin-left property.
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_margin_left (GtkWidget *widget,
gint margin)
{
GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (margin <= G_MAXINT16);
aux_info = gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
if (aux_info->margin.left == margin)
return;
aux_info->margin.left = margin;
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "margin-left");
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_margin_right:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-right property.
*
* Returns: The right margin of @widget
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
gint
gtk_widget_get_margin_right (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
return _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget)->margin.right;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_margin_right:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @margin: the right margin
*
* Sets the right margin of @widget.
* See the #GtkWidget:margin-right property.
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_margin_right (GtkWidget *widget,
gint margin)
{
GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (margin <= G_MAXINT16);
aux_info = gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
if (aux_info->margin.right == margin)
return;
aux_info->margin.right = margin;
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "margin-right");
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_margin_top:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-top property.
*
* Returns: The top margin of @widget
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
gint
gtk_widget_get_margin_top (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
return _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget)->margin.top;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_margin_top:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @margin: the top margin
*
* Sets the top margin of @widget.
* See the #GtkWidget:margin-top property.
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_margin_top (GtkWidget *widget,
gint margin)
{
GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (margin <= G_MAXINT16);
aux_info = gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
if (aux_info->margin.top == margin)
return;
aux_info->margin.top = margin;
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "margin-top");
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_margin_bottom:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-bottom property.
*
* Returns: The bottom margin of @widget
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
gint
gtk_widget_get_margin_bottom (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
return _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget)->margin.bottom;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_margin_bottom:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @margin: the bottom margin
*
* Sets the bottom margin of @widget.
* See the #GtkWidget:margin-bottom property.
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_margin_bottom (GtkWidget *widget,
gint margin)
{
GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (margin <= G_MAXINT16);
aux_info = gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
if (aux_info->margin.bottom == margin)
return;
aux_info->margin.bottom = margin;
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "margin-bottom");
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_clipboard:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @selection: a #GdkAtom which identifies the clipboard
* to use. %GDK_SELECTION_CLIPBOARD gives the
* default clipboard. Another common value
* is %GDK_SELECTION_PRIMARY, which gives
* the primary X selection.
*
* Returns the clipboard object for the given selection to
* be used with @widget. @widget must have a #GdkDisplay
* associated with it, so must be attached to a toplevel
* window.
*
* Return value: (transfer none): the appropriate clipboard object. If no
* clipboard already exists, a new one will
* be created. Once a clipboard object has
* been created, it is persistent for all time.
*
* Since: 2.2
**/
GtkClipboard *
gtk_widget_get_clipboard (GtkWidget *widget, GdkAtom selection)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
g_return_val_if_fail (gtk_widget_has_screen (widget), NULL);
return gtk_clipboard_get_for_display (gtk_widget_get_display (widget),
selection);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns a newly allocated list of the widgets, normally labels, for
* which this widget is the target of a mnemonic (see for example,
* gtk_label_set_mnemonic_widget()).
* The widgets in the list are not individually referenced. If you
* want to iterate through the list and perform actions involving
* callbacks that might destroy the widgets, you
* <emphasis>must</emphasis> call <literal>g_list_foreach (result,
* (GFunc)g_object_ref, NULL)</literal> first, and then unref all the
* widgets afterwards.
* Return value: (element-type GtkWidget) (transfer container): the list of
* mnemonic labels; free this list
* with g_list_free() when you are done with it.
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
GList *
gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GList *list = NULL;
GSList *l;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
for (l = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels); l; l = l->next)
list = g_list_prepend (list, l->data);
return list;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @label: a #GtkWidget that acts as a mnemonic label for @widget
*
* Adds a widget to the list of mnemonic labels for
* this widget. (See gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels()). Note the
* list of mnemonic labels for the widget is cleared when the
* widget is destroyed, so the caller must make sure to update
* its internal state at this point as well, by using a connection
* to the #GtkWidget::destroy signal or a weak notifier.
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWidget *label)
{
GSList *old_list, *new_list;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (label));
old_list = g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels);
new_list = g_slist_prepend (old_list, label);
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels,
new_list, (GDestroyNotify) g_slist_free);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_remove_mnemonic_label:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @label: a #GtkWidget that was previously set as a mnemnic label for
* @widget with gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label().
*
* Removes a widget from the list of mnemonic labels for
* this widget. (See gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels()). The widget
* must have previously been added to the list with
* gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label().
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_widget_remove_mnemonic_label (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWidget *label)
{
GSList *old_list, *new_list;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (label));
old_list = g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels);
new_list = g_slist_remove (old_list, label);
if (new_list)
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels,
new_list, (GDestroyNotify) g_slist_free);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_no_show_all:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the current value of the #GtkWidget:no-show-all property,
* which determines whether calls to gtk_widget_show_all()
* will affect this widget.
*
* Return value: the current value of the "no-show-all" property.
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_no_show_all (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->no_show_all;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_no_show_all:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @no_show_all: the new value for the "no-show-all" property
*
* Sets the #GtkWidget:no-show-all property, which determines whether
* calls to gtk_widget_show_all() will affect this widget.
*
* This is mostly for use in constructing widget hierarchies with externally
* controlled visibility, see #GtkUIManager.
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_no_show_all (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean no_show_all)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
no_show_all = (no_show_all != FALSE);
if (widget->priv->no_show_all != no_show_all)
{
widget->priv->no_show_all = no_show_all;
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "no-show-all");
}
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean has_tooltip,
gboolean force)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
gboolean priv_has_tooltip;
priv_has_tooltip = GPOINTER_TO_UINT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
quark_has_tooltip));
if (priv_has_tooltip != has_tooltip || force)
{
priv_has_tooltip = has_tooltip;
if (priv_has_tooltip)
{
if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget) && !gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
gdk_window_set_events (priv->window,
gdk_window_get_events (priv->window) |
GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK |
GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK |
GDK_POINTER_MOTION_HINT_MASK);
if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
gtk_widget_add_events (widget,
GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK |
GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK |
GDK_POINTER_MOTION_HINT_MASK);
}
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_has_tooltip,
GUINT_TO_POINTER (priv_has_tooltip));
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_tooltip_window:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @custom_window: (allow-none): a #GtkWindow, or %NULL
*
* Replaces the default, usually yellow, window used for displaying
* tooltips with @custom_window. GTK+ will take care of showing and
* hiding @custom_window at the right moment, to behave likewise as
* the default tooltip window. If @custom_window is %NULL, the default
* tooltip window will be used.
*
* If the custom window should have the default theming it needs to
* have the name "gtk-tooltip", see gtk_widget_set_name().
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_tooltip_window (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWindow *custom_window)
{
gboolean has_tooltip;
gchar *tooltip_markup;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (custom_window == NULL || GTK_IS_WINDOW (custom_window));
tooltip_markup = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_tooltip_markup);
if (custom_window)
g_object_ref (custom_window);
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_tooltip_window,
custom_window, g_object_unref);
has_tooltip = (custom_window != NULL || tooltip_markup != NULL);
gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget, has_tooltip, FALSE);
if (has_tooltip && gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_tooltip_window:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the #GtkWindow of the current tooltip. This can be the
* GtkWindow created by default, or the custom tooltip window set
* using gtk_widget_set_tooltip_window().
*
* Return value: (transfer none): The #GtkWindow of the current tooltip.
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
GtkWindow *
gtk_widget_get_tooltip_window (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_tooltip_window);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_trigger_tooltip_query:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Triggers a tooltip query on the display where the toplevel of @widget
* is located. See gtk_tooltip_trigger_tooltip_query() for more
* information.
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
void
gtk_widget_trigger_tooltip_query (GtkWidget *widget)
{
gtk_tooltip_trigger_tooltip_query (gtk_widget_get_display (widget));
}
static guint tooltip_query_id;
static GSList *tooltip_query_displays;
static gboolean
tooltip_query_idle (gpointer data)
{
g_slist_foreach (tooltip_query_displays, (GFunc)gtk_tooltip_trigger_tooltip_query, NULL);
g_slist_foreach (tooltip_query_displays, (GFunc)g_object_unref, NULL);
g_slist_free (tooltip_query_displays);
tooltip_query_displays = NULL;
tooltip_query_id = 0;
return FALSE;
}
static void
gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GdkDisplay *display;
display = gtk_widget_get_display (widget);
if (!g_slist_find (tooltip_query_displays, display))
tooltip_query_displays = g_slist_prepend (tooltip_query_displays, g_object_ref (display));
if (tooltip_query_id == 0)
tooltip_query_id = gdk_threads_add_idle (tooltip_query_idle, NULL);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_tooltip_text:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @text: the contents of the tooltip for @widget
*
* Sets @text as the contents of the tooltip. This function will take
* care of setting #GtkWidget:has-tooltip to %TRUE and of the default
* handler for the #GtkWidget::query-tooltip signal.
*
* See also the #GtkWidget:tooltip-text property and gtk_tooltip_set_text().
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_tooltip_text (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *text)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_object_set (G_OBJECT (widget), "tooltip-text", text, NULL);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_tooltip_text:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Gets the contents of the tooltip for @widget.
*
* Return value: the tooltip text, or %NULL. You should free the
* returned string with g_free() when done.
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
gchar *
gtk_widget_get_tooltip_text (GtkWidget *widget)
{
gchar *text = NULL;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), "tooltip-text", &text, NULL);
return text;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_tooltip_markup:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @markup: (allow-none): the contents of the tooltip for @widget, or %NULL
*
* Sets @markup as the contents of the tooltip, which is marked up with
* the <link linkend="PangoMarkupFormat">Pango text markup language</link>.
*
* This function will take care of setting #GtkWidget:has-tooltip to %TRUE
* and of the default handler for the #GtkWidget::query-tooltip signal.
*
* See also the #GtkWidget:tooltip-markup property and
* gtk_tooltip_set_markup().
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_tooltip_markup (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *markup)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_object_set (G_OBJECT (widget), "tooltip-markup", markup, NULL);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_tooltip_markup:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Gets the contents of the tooltip for @widget.
*
* Return value: the tooltip text, or %NULL. You should free the
* returned string with g_free() when done.
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
gchar *
gtk_widget_get_tooltip_markup (GtkWidget *widget)
{
gchar *text = NULL;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), "tooltip-markup", &text, NULL);
return text;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_has_tooltip:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @has_tooltip: whether or not @widget has a tooltip.
*
* Sets the has-tooltip property on @widget to @has_tooltip. See
* #GtkWidget:has-tooltip for more information.
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean has_tooltip)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_object_set (G_OBJECT (widget), "has-tooltip", has_tooltip, NULL);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_has_tooltip:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the current value of the has-tooltip property. See
* #GtkWidget:has-tooltip for more information.
*
* Return value: current value of has-tooltip on @widget.
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget)
{
gboolean has_tooltip = FALSE;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), "has-tooltip", &has_tooltip, NULL);
return has_tooltip;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_allocation:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @allocation: (out): a pointer to a #GtkAllocation to copy to
*
* Retrieves the widget's allocation.
*
* Note, when implementing a #GtkContainer: a widget's allocation will
* be its "adjusted" allocation, that is, the widget's parent
* container typically calls gtk_widget_size_allocate() with an
* allocation, and that allocation is then adjusted (to handle margin
* and alignment for example) before assignment to the widget.
* gtk_widget_get_allocation() returns the adjusted allocation that
* was actually assigned to the widget. The adjusted allocation is
* guaranteed to be completely contained within the
* gtk_widget_size_allocate() allocation, however. So a #GtkContainer
* is guaranteed that its children stay inside the assigned bounds,
* but not that they have exactly the bounds the container assigned.
* There is no way to get the original allocation assigned by
* gtk_widget_size_allocate(), since it isn't stored; if a container
* implementation needs that information it will have to track it itself.
*
* Since: 2.18
*/
void
gtk_widget_get_allocation (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkAllocation *allocation)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (allocation != NULL);
priv = widget->priv;
*allocation = priv->allocation;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_allocation:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @allocation: a pointer to a #GtkAllocation to copy from
*
* Sets the widget's allocation. This should not be used
* directly, but from within a widget's size_allocate method.
*
* The allocation set should be the "adjusted" or actual
* allocation. If you're implementing a #GtkContainer, you want to use
* gtk_widget_size_allocate() instead of gtk_widget_set_allocation().
* The GtkWidgetClass::adjust_size_allocation virtual method adjusts the
* allocation inside gtk_widget_size_allocate() to create an adjusted
* allocation.
*
* Since: 2.18
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_allocation (GtkWidget *widget,
const GtkAllocation *allocation)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (allocation != NULL);
priv = widget->priv;
priv->allocation = *allocation;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_allocated_width:
* @widget: the widget to query
*
* Returns the width that has currently been allocated to @widget.
* This function is intended to be used when implementing handlers
* for the #GtkWidget::draw function.
*
* Returns: the width of the @widget
**/
int
gtk_widget_get_allocated_width (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
return widget->priv->allocation.width;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_allocated_height:
* @widget: the widget to query
*
* Returns the height that has currently been allocated to @widget.
* This function is intended to be used when implementing handlers
* for the #GtkWidget::draw function.
*
* Returns: the height of the @widget
**/
int
gtk_widget_get_allocated_height (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
return widget->priv->allocation.height;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_requisition:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @requisition: (out): a pointer to a #GtkRequisition to copy to
*
* Retrieves the widget's requisition.
*
* This function should only be used by widget implementations in
* order to figure whether the widget's requisition has actually
* changed after some internal state change (so that they can call
* gtk_widget_queue_resize() instead of gtk_widget_queue_draw()).
*
* Normally, gtk_widget_size_request() should be used.
*
* Since: 2.20
*
* Deprecated: 3.0: The #GtkRequisition cache on the widget was
* removed, If you need to cache sizes across requests and allocations,
* add an explicit cache to the widget in question instead.
*/
void
gtk_widget_get_requisition (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkRequisition *requisition)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (requisition != NULL);
gtk_widget_get_preferred_size (widget, requisition, NULL);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_window:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @window: (transfer full): a #GdkWindow
*
* Sets a widget's window. This function should only be used in a
* widget's #GtkWidget::realize implementation. The %window passed is
* usually either new window created with gdk_window_new(), or the
* window of its parent widget as returned by
* gtk_widget_get_parent_window().
*
* Widgets must indicate whether they will create their own #GdkWindow
* by calling gtk_widget_set_has_window(). This is usually done in the
* widget's init() function.
*
* <note><para>This function does not add any reference to @window.</para></note>
*
* Since: 2.18
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_window (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkWindow *window)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (window == NULL || GDK_IS_WINDOW (window));
priv = widget->priv;
if (priv->window != window)
{
priv->window = window;
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "window");
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_window:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the widget's window if it is realized, %NULL otherwise
*
* Return value: (transfer none): @widget's window.
*
* Since: 2.14
*/
GdkWindow*
gtk_widget_get_window (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
return widget->priv->window;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_support_multidevice:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns %TRUE if @widget is multiple pointer aware. See
* gtk_widget_set_support_multidevice() for more information.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @widget is multidevice aware.
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_support_multidevice (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->multidevice;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_support_multidevice:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @support_multidevice: %TRUE to support input from multiple devices.
*
* Enables or disables multiple pointer awareness. If this setting is %TRUE,
* @widget will start receiving multiple, per device enter/leave events. Note
* that if custom #GdkWindow<!-- -->s are created in #GtkWidget::realize,
* gdk_window_set_support_multidevice() will have to be called manually on them.
*
* Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_support_multidevice (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean support_multidevice)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
priv = widget->priv;
priv->multidevice = (support_multidevice == TRUE);
if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
gdk_window_set_support_multidevice (priv->window, support_multidevice);
}
static void
_gtk_widget_set_has_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean has_focus)
{
widget->priv->has_focus = has_focus;
if (has_focus)
gtk_widget_set_state_flags (widget, GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED, FALSE);
else
gtk_widget_unset_state_flags (widget, GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_send_focus_change:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @event: a #GdkEvent of type GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE
*
* Sends the focus change @event to @widget
*
* This function is not meant to be used by applications. The only time it
* should be used is when it is necessary for a #GtkWidget to assign focus
* to a widget that is semantically owned by the first widget even though
* it's not a direct child - for instance, a search entry in a floating
* window similar to the quick search in #GtkTreeView.
*
* An example of its usage is:
*
* |[
* GdkEvent *fevent = gdk_event_new (GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE);
*
* fevent->focus_change.type = GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE;
* fevent->focus_change.in = TRUE;
* fevent->focus_change.window = gtk_widget_get_window (widget);
* if (fevent->focus_change.window != NULL)
* g_object_ref (fevent->focus_change.window);
*
* gtk_widget_send_focus_change (widget, fevent);
*
* gdk_event_free (event);
* ]|
*
* Return value: the return value from the event signal emission: %TRUE
* if the event was handled, and %FALSE otherwise
*
* Since: 2.20
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_send_focus_change (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEvent *event)
{
gboolean res;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
g_return_val_if_fail (event != NULL && event->type == GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE, FALSE);
g_object_ref (widget);
_gtk_widget_set_has_focus (widget, event->focus_change.in);
res = gtk_widget_event (widget, event);
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "has-focus");
g_object_unref (widget);
return res;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_in_destruction:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns whether the widget is currently being destroyed.
* This information can sometimes be used to avoid doing
* unnecessary work.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @widget is being destroyed
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_in_destruction (GtkWidget *widget)
{
return widget->priv->in_destruction;
}
gboolean
_gtk_widget_get_resize_pending (GtkWidget *widget)
{
return widget->priv->resize_pending;
}
void
_gtk_widget_set_resize_pending (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean resize_pending)
{
widget->priv->resize_pending = resize_pending;
}
gboolean
_gtk_widget_get_in_reparent (GtkWidget *widget)
{
return widget->priv->in_reparent;
}
void
_gtk_widget_set_in_reparent (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean in_reparent)
{
widget->priv->in_reparent = in_reparent;
}
gboolean
_gtk_widget_get_anchored (GtkWidget *widget)
{
return widget->priv->anchored;
}
void
_gtk_widget_set_anchored (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean anchored)
{
widget->priv->anchored = anchored;
}
gboolean
_gtk_widget_get_shadowed (GtkWidget *widget)
{
return widget->priv->shadowed;
}
void
_gtk_widget_set_shadowed (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean shadowed)
{
widget->priv->shadowed = shadowed;
}
gboolean
_gtk_widget_get_alloc_needed (GtkWidget *widget)
{
return widget->priv->alloc_needed;
}
void
_gtk_widget_set_alloc_needed (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean alloc_needed)
{
widget->priv->alloc_needed = alloc_needed;
}
gboolean
_gtk_widget_get_width_request_needed (GtkWidget *widget)
{
return widget->priv->width_request_needed;
}
void
_gtk_widget_set_width_request_needed (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean width_request_needed)
{
widget->priv->width_request_needed = width_request_needed;
}
gboolean
_gtk_widget_get_height_request_needed (GtkWidget *widget)
{
return widget->priv->height_request_needed;
}
void
_gtk_widget_set_height_request_needed (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean height_request_needed)
{
widget->priv->height_request_needed = height_request_needed;
}
gboolean
_gtk_widget_get_sizegroup_visited (GtkWidget *widget)
{
return widget->priv->sizegroup_visited;
}
void
_gtk_widget_set_sizegroup_visited (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean visited)
{
widget->priv->sizegroup_visited = visited;
}
gboolean
_gtk_widget_get_sizegroup_bumping (GtkWidget *widget)
{
return widget->priv->sizegroup_bumping;
}
void
_gtk_widget_set_sizegroup_bumping (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean bumping)
{
widget->priv->sizegroup_bumping = bumping;
}
void
_gtk_widget_add_sizegroup (GtkWidget *widget,
gpointer group)
{
GSList *groups;
groups = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_size_groups);
groups = g_slist_prepend (groups, group);
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_size_groups, groups);
widget->priv->have_size_groups = TRUE;
}
void
_gtk_widget_remove_sizegroup (GtkWidget *widget,
gpointer group)
{
GSList *groups;
groups = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_size_groups);
groups = g_slist_remove (groups, group);
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_size_groups, groups);
widget->priv->have_size_groups = groups != NULL;
}
GSList *
_gtk_widget_get_sizegroups (GtkWidget *widget)
{
if (widget->priv->have_size_groups)
return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_size_groups);
return NULL;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_path_append_for_widget:
* @path: a widget path
* @widget: the widget to append to the widget path
*
* Appends the data from @widget to the widget hierarchy represented
* by @path. This function is a shortcut for adding information from
* @widget to the given @path. This includes setting the name or
* adding the style classes from @widget.
*
* Returns: the position where the data was inserted
*
* Since: 3.2
*/
gint
gtk_widget_path_append_for_widget (GtkWidgetPath *path,
GtkWidget *widget)
{
gint pos;
g_return_val_if_fail (path != NULL, 0);
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
pos = gtk_widget_path_append_type (path, G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget));
if (widget->priv->name)
gtk_widget_path_iter_set_name (path, pos, widget->priv->name);
if (widget->priv->context)
{
GList *classes, *l;
/* Also add any persistent classes in
* the style context the widget path
*/
classes = gtk_style_context_list_classes (widget->priv->context);
for (l = classes; l; l = l->next)
gtk_widget_path_iter_add_class (path, pos, l->data);
g_list_free (classes);
}
return pos;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_path:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the #GtkWidgetPath representing @widget, if the widget
* is not connected to a toplevel widget, a partial path will be
* created.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): The #GtkWidgetPath representing @widget
**/
GtkWidgetPath *
gtk_widget_get_path (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
/* As strange as it may seem, this may happen on object construction.
* init() implementations of parent types may eventually call this function,
* each with its corresponding GType, which could leave a child
* implementation with a wrong widget type in the widget path
*/
if (widget->priv->path &&
G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget) != gtk_widget_path_get_object_type (widget->priv->path))
{
gtk_widget_path_free (widget->priv->path);
widget->priv->path = NULL;
}
if (!widget->priv->path)
{
GtkWidget *parent;
parent = widget->priv->parent;
if (parent)
widget->priv->path = gtk_container_get_path_for_child (GTK_CONTAINER (parent), widget);
else
{
/* Widget is either toplevel or unparented, treat both
* as toplevels style wise, since there are situations
* where style properties might be retrieved on that
* situation.
*/
widget->priv->path = gtk_widget_path_new ();
gtk_widget_path_append_for_widget (widget->priv->path, widget);
}
if (widget->priv->context)
gtk_style_context_set_path (widget->priv->context,
widget->priv->path);
}
return widget->priv->path;
}
static void
style_context_changed (GtkStyleContext *context,
gpointer user_data)
{
GtkWidget *widget = user_data;
if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[STYLE_UPDATED], 0);
else
{
/* Compress all style updates so it
* is only emitted once pre-realize.
*/
widget->priv->style_update_pending = TRUE;
}
if (widget->priv->anchored)
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_style_context:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the style context associated to @widget.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): a #GtkStyleContext. This memory is owned by @widget and
* must not be freed.
**/
GtkStyleContext *
gtk_widget_get_style_context (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
GtkWidgetPath *path;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
priv = widget->priv;
/* updates style context if it exists already */
path = gtk_widget_get_path (widget);
if (G_UNLIKELY (priv->context == NULL))
{
GdkScreen *screen;
priv->context = g_object_new (GTK_TYPE_STYLE_CONTEXT,
"direction", gtk_widget_get_direction (widget),
NULL);
g_signal_connect (widget->priv->context, "changed",
G_CALLBACK (style_context_changed), widget);
screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (widget);
if (screen)
gtk_style_context_set_screen (priv->context, screen);
gtk_style_context_set_path (priv->context, path);
}
return widget->priv->context;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_modifier_mask:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @intent: the use case for the modifier mask
*
* Returns the modifier mask the @widget's windowing system backend
* uses for a particular purpose.
*
* See gdk_keymap_get_modifier_mask().
*
* Returns: the modifier mask used for @intent.
*
* Since: 3.4
**/
GdkModifierType
gtk_widget_get_modifier_mask (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkModifierIntent intent)
{
GdkDisplay *display;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
display = gtk_widget_get_display (widget);
return gdk_keymap_get_modifier_mask (gdk_keymap_get_for_display (display),
intent);
}
Reference in New Issue View Git Blame Copy Permalink